ETH Price: $2,397.82 (-0.72%)

Transaction Decoder

Block:
21936787 at Feb-27-2025 09:30:47 AM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.000319437730716342 ETH $0.77
Gas Used:
250,782 Gas / 1.273766581 Gwei

Emitted Events:

261 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.0x7724394874fdd8ad13292ec739b441f85c6559f10dc4141b8d4c0fa4cbf55bdb( 0x7724394874fdd8ad13292ec739b441f85c6559f10dc4141b8d4c0fa4cbf55bdb, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003499715bb3fdc1 )
262 FiatTokenProxy.0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef( 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef, 0x000000000000000000000000e0554a476a092703abdb3ef35c80e0d76d32939f, 0x000000000000000000000000f3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002634ac5 )
263 WETH9.Transfer( src=[Sender] 0xcf4d3130358bcf4cc771d9b3aa5ebed02419ec74, dst=0xE0554a476A092703abdB3Ef35c80e0D76d32939F, wad=17000000000000000 )
264 0xe0554a476a092703abdb3ef35c80e0d76d32939f.0xc42079f94a6350d7e6235f29174924f928cc2ac818eb64fed8004e115fbcca67( 0xc42079f94a6350d7e6235f29174924f928cc2ac818eb64fed8004e115fbcca67, 0x000000000000000000000000f3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, 0x000000000000000000000000f3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffd9cb53b, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003c6568f12e8000, 0000000000000000000000000000000000005076aaa07499b7df4e975b38e1ef, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000037ddea9136d1f76, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003080d )
265 TokenProxy.0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef( 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef, 0x000000000000000000000000b5c58439bb259a1f221a029fb82ce97f256648d7, 0x000000000000000000000000cf4d3130358bcf4cc771d9b3aa5ebed02419ec74, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000021d2175044e5806f2 )
266 FiatTokenProxy.0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef( 0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef, 0x000000000000000000000000f3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, 0x000000000000000000000000b5c58439bb259a1f221a029fb82ce97f256648d7, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000002634ac5 )
267 UniswapV3Pool.Swap( sender=[Receiver] 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127, recipient=[Sender] 0xcf4d3130358bcf4cc771d9b3aa5ebed02419ec74, amount0=-38992575710105175794, amount1=40061637, sqrtPriceX96=80307637610988638574656, liquidity=335188511949257228, tick=-276054 )
268 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.0x1bb43f2da90e35f7b0cf38521ca95a49e68eb42fac49924930a5bd73cdf7576c( 0x1bb43f2da90e35f7b0cf38521ca95a49e68eb42fac49924930a5bd73cdf7576c, 000000000000000000000000c02aaa39b223fe8d0a0e5c4f27ead9083c756cc2, 00000000000000000000000096f6ef951840721adbf46ac996b59e0235cb985c, 000000000000000000000000cf4d3130358bcf4cc771d9b3aa5ebed02419ec74, 000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003c6568f12e8000, 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000021d2175044e5806f2 )

Account State Difference:

  Address   Before After State Difference Code
(beaverbuild)
8.394686677209730436 Eth8.394837146409730436 Eth0.0001504692
0x96F6eF95...235CB985C
0xA0b86991...E3606eB48
0xB5C58439...F256648D7
(Uniswap V3: USDY-USDC)
0xC02aaA39...83C756Cc2
0xCf4d3130...02419Ec74
0.008928433016190809 Eth
Nonce: 76
0.008608995285474467 Eth
Nonce: 77
0.000319437730716342
0xE0554a47...76d32939F
(Uniswap V3: USDC 4)

Execution Trace

0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.0d5f0e3b( )
  • Uniswap V3: USDC 4.128acb08( )
    • FiatTokenProxy.a9059cbb( )
      • FiatTokenV2_2.transfer( to=0xF3dE3C0d654FDa23daD170f0f320a92172509127, value=40061637 ) => ( True )
      • WETH9.balanceOf( 0xE0554a476A092703abdB3Ef35c80e0D76d32939F ) => ( 1760735648833760693575 )
      • 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.fa461e33( )
        • Uniswap V3: USDC 4.STATICCALL( )
        • Uniswap V3: USDC 4.STATICCALL( )
        • Uniswap V3: USDC 4.STATICCALL( )
        • OKX: Dex Aggregator.0a5ea466( )
          • TokenApprove.claimTokens( _token=0xC02aaA39b223FE8D0A0e5C4F27eAD9083C756Cc2, _who=0xCf4d3130358Bcf4cC771D9B3Aa5ebEd02419Ec74, _dest=0xE0554a476A092703abdB3Ef35c80e0D76d32939F, _amount=17000000000000000 )
            • WETH9.transferFrom( src=0xCf4d3130358Bcf4cC771D9B3Aa5ebEd02419Ec74, dst=0xE0554a476A092703abdB3Ef35c80e0D76d32939F, wad=17000000000000000 ) => ( True )
            • WETH9.balanceOf( 0xE0554a476A092703abdB3Ef35c80e0D76d32939F ) => ( 1760752648833760693575 )
            • UniswapV3Pool.swap( recipient=0xCf4d3130358Bcf4cC771D9B3Aa5ebEd02419Ec74, zeroForOne=False, amountSpecified=40061637, sqrtPriceLimitX96=1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970341, data=0x000000000000000000000000F3DE3C0D654FDA23DAD170F0F320A92172509127 ) => ( amount0=-38992575710105175794, amount1=40061637 )
              • TokenProxy.a9059cbb( )
                • USDY.transfer( to=0xCf4d3130358Bcf4cC771D9B3Aa5ebEd02419Ec74, amount=38992575710105175794 ) => ( True )
                  • Blocklist.isBlocked( addr=0xB5C58439bb259A1F221A029Fb82ce97F256648D7 ) => ( False )
                  • SanctionsList.isSanctioned( addr=0xB5C58439bb259A1F221A029Fb82ce97F256648D7 ) => ( False )
                  • AllowlistStub.isAllowed( 0xB5C58439bb259A1F221A029Fb82ce97F256648D7 ) => ( True )
                  • Blocklist.isBlocked( addr=0xCf4d3130358Bcf4cC771D9B3Aa5ebEd02419Ec74 ) => ( False )
                  • SanctionsList.isSanctioned( addr=0xCf4d3130358Bcf4cC771D9B3Aa5ebEd02419Ec74 ) => ( False )
                  • AllowlistStub.isAllowed( 0xCf4d3130358Bcf4cC771D9B3Aa5ebEd02419Ec74 ) => ( True )
                  • FiatTokenProxy.70a08231( )
                    • FiatTokenV2_2.balanceOf( account=0xB5C58439bb259A1F221A029Fb82ce97F256648D7 ) => ( 815882132 )
                    • 0xf3de3c0d654fda23dad170f0f320a92172509127.fa461e33( )
                      • UniswapV3Pool.STATICCALL( )
                      • UniswapV3Pool.STATICCALL( )
                      • UniswapV3Pool.STATICCALL( )
                      • FiatTokenProxy.a9059cbb( )
                        • FiatTokenV2_2.transfer( to=0xB5C58439bb259A1F221A029Fb82ce97F256648D7, value=40061637 ) => ( True )
                        • FiatTokenProxy.70a08231( )
                          • FiatTokenV2_2.balanceOf( account=0xB5C58439bb259A1F221A029Fb82ce97F256648D7 ) => ( 855943769 )
                          • Uniswap V3: USDC 4.STATICCALL( )
                          • UniswapV3Pool.STATICCALL( )
                            File 1 of 10: FiatTokenProxy
                            pragma solidity ^0.4.24;
                            
                            // File: zos-lib/contracts/upgradeability/Proxy.sol
                            
                            /**
                             * @title Proxy
                             * @dev Implements delegation of calls to other contracts, with proper
                             * forwarding of return values and bubbling of failures.
                             * It defines a fallback function that delegates all calls to the address
                             * returned by the abstract _implementation() internal function.
                             */
                            contract Proxy {
                              /**
                               * @dev Fallback function.
                               * Implemented entirely in `_fallback`.
                               */
                              function () payable external {
                                _fallback();
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @return The Address of the implementation.
                               */
                              function _implementation() internal view returns (address);
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Delegates execution to an implementation contract.
                               * This is a low level function that doesn't return to its internal call site.
                               * It will return to the external caller whatever the implementation returns.
                               * @param implementation Address to delegate.
                               */
                              function _delegate(address implementation) internal {
                                assembly {
                                  // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
                                  // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
                                  // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
                                  calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize)
                            
                                  // Call the implementation.
                                  // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
                                  let result := delegatecall(gas, implementation, 0, calldatasize, 0, 0)
                            
                                  // Copy the returned data.
                                  returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize)
                            
                                  switch result
                                  // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
                                  case 0 { revert(0, returndatasize) }
                                  default { return(0, returndatasize) }
                                }
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Function that is run as the first thing in the fallback function.
                               * Can be redefined in derived contracts to add functionality.
                               * Redefinitions must call super._willFallback().
                               */
                              function _willFallback() internal {
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev fallback implementation.
                               * Extracted to enable manual triggering.
                               */
                              function _fallback() internal {
                                _willFallback();
                                _delegate(_implementation());
                              }
                            }
                            
                            // File: openzeppelin-solidity/contracts/AddressUtils.sol
                            
                            /**
                             * Utility library of inline functions on addresses
                             */
                            library AddressUtils {
                            
                              /**
                               * Returns whether the target address is a contract
                               * @dev This function will return false if invoked during the constructor of a contract,
                               * as the code is not actually created until after the constructor finishes.
                               * @param addr address to check
                               * @return whether the target address is a contract
                               */
                              function isContract(address addr) internal view returns (bool) {
                                uint256 size;
                                // XXX Currently there is no better way to check if there is a contract in an address
                                // than to check the size of the code at that address.
                                // See https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/a/14016/36603
                                // for more details about how this works.
                                // TODO Check this again before the Serenity release, because all addresses will be
                                // contracts then.
                                // solium-disable-next-line security/no-inline-assembly
                                assembly { size := extcodesize(addr) }
                                return size > 0;
                              }
                            
                            }
                            
                            // File: zos-lib/contracts/upgradeability/UpgradeabilityProxy.sol
                            
                            /**
                             * @title UpgradeabilityProxy
                             * @dev This contract implements a proxy that allows to change the
                             * implementation address to which it will delegate.
                             * Such a change is called an implementation upgrade.
                             */
                            contract UpgradeabilityProxy is Proxy {
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
                               * @param implementation Address of the new implementation.
                               */
                              event Upgraded(address implementation);
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
                               * This is the keccak-256 hash of "org.zeppelinos.proxy.implementation", and is
                               * validated in the constructor.
                               */
                              bytes32 private constant IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x7050c9e0f4ca769c69bd3a8ef740bc37934f8e2c036e5a723fd8ee048ed3f8c3;
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Contract constructor.
                               * @param _implementation Address of the initial implementation.
                               */
                              constructor(address _implementation) public {
                                assert(IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == keccak256("org.zeppelinos.proxy.implementation"));
                            
                                _setImplementation(_implementation);
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the current implementation.
                               * @return Address of the current implementation
                               */
                              function _implementation() internal view returns (address impl) {
                                bytes32 slot = IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
                                assembly {
                                  impl := sload(slot)
                                }
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Upgrades the proxy to a new implementation.
                               * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                               */
                              function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
                                _setImplementation(newImplementation);
                                emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Sets the implementation address of the proxy.
                               * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                               */
                              function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
                                require(AddressUtils.isContract(newImplementation), "Cannot set a proxy implementation to a non-contract address");
                            
                                bytes32 slot = IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
                            
                                assembly {
                                  sstore(slot, newImplementation)
                                }
                              }
                            }
                            
                            // File: zos-lib/contracts/upgradeability/AdminUpgradeabilityProxy.sol
                            
                            /**
                             * @title AdminUpgradeabilityProxy
                             * @dev This contract combines an upgradeability proxy with an authorization
                             * mechanism for administrative tasks.
                             * All external functions in this contract must be guarded by the
                             * `ifAdmin` modifier. See ethereum/solidity#3864 for a Solidity
                             * feature proposal that would enable this to be done automatically.
                             */
                            contract AdminUpgradeabilityProxy is UpgradeabilityProxy {
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the administration has been transferred.
                               * @param previousAdmin Address of the previous admin.
                               * @param newAdmin Address of the new admin.
                               */
                              event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
                               * This is the keccak-256 hash of "org.zeppelinos.proxy.admin", and is
                               * validated in the constructor.
                               */
                              bytes32 private constant ADMIN_SLOT = 0x10d6a54a4754c8869d6886b5f5d7fbfa5b4522237ea5c60d11bc4e7a1ff9390b;
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Modifier to check whether the `msg.sender` is the admin.
                               * If it is, it will run the function. Otherwise, it will delegate the call
                               * to the implementation.
                               */
                              modifier ifAdmin() {
                                if (msg.sender == _admin()) {
                                  _;
                                } else {
                                  _fallback();
                                }
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * Contract constructor.
                               * It sets the `msg.sender` as the proxy administrator.
                               * @param _implementation address of the initial implementation.
                               */
                              constructor(address _implementation) UpgradeabilityProxy(_implementation) public {
                                assert(ADMIN_SLOT == keccak256("org.zeppelinos.proxy.admin"));
                            
                                _setAdmin(msg.sender);
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @return The address of the proxy admin.
                               */
                              function admin() external view ifAdmin returns (address) {
                                return _admin();
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @return The address of the implementation.
                               */
                              function implementation() external view ifAdmin returns (address) {
                                return _implementation();
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
                               * Only the current admin can call this function.
                               * @param newAdmin Address to transfer proxy administration to.
                               */
                              function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) external ifAdmin {
                                require(newAdmin != address(0), "Cannot change the admin of a proxy to the zero address");
                                emit AdminChanged(_admin(), newAdmin);
                                _setAdmin(newAdmin);
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Upgrade the backing implementation of the proxy.
                               * Only the admin can call this function.
                               * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                               */
                              function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external ifAdmin {
                                _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Upgrade the backing implementation of the proxy and call a function
                               * on the new implementation.
                               * This is useful to initialize the proxied contract.
                               * @param newImplementation Address of the new implementation.
                               * @param data Data to send as msg.data in the low level call.
                               * It should include the signature and the parameters of the function to be
                               * called, as described in
                               * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/develop/abi-spec.html#function-selector-and-argument-encoding.
                               */
                              function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes data) payable external ifAdmin {
                                _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
                                require(address(this).call.value(msg.value)(data));
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @return The admin slot.
                               */
                              function _admin() internal view returns (address adm) {
                                bytes32 slot = ADMIN_SLOT;
                                assembly {
                                  adm := sload(slot)
                                }
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Sets the address of the proxy admin.
                               * @param newAdmin Address of the new proxy admin.
                               */
                              function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
                                bytes32 slot = ADMIN_SLOT;
                            
                                assembly {
                                  sstore(slot, newAdmin)
                                }
                              }
                            
                              /**
                               * @dev Only fall back when the sender is not the admin.
                               */
                              function _willFallback() internal {
                                require(msg.sender != _admin(), "Cannot call fallback function from the proxy admin");
                                super._willFallback();
                              }
                            }
                            
                            // File: contracts/FiatTokenProxy.sol
                            
                            /**
                            * Copyright CENTRE SECZ 2018
                            *
                            * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy 
                            * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal 
                            * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights 
                            * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell 
                            * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to 
                            * do so, subject to the following conditions:
                            *
                            * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all 
                            * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
                            *
                            * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR 
                            * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, 
                            * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 
                            * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
                            * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN 
                            * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
                            */
                            
                            pragma solidity ^0.4.24;
                            
                            
                            /**
                             * @title FiatTokenProxy
                             * @dev This contract proxies FiatToken calls and enables FiatToken upgrades
                            */ 
                            contract FiatTokenProxy is AdminUpgradeabilityProxy {
                                constructor(address _implementation) public AdminUpgradeabilityProxy(_implementation) {
                                }
                            }

                            File 2 of 10: WETH9
                            // Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub
                            
                            // This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
                            // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                            // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
                            // (at your option) any later version.
                            
                            // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                            // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                            // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                            // GNU General Public License for more details.
                            
                            // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                            // along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                            
                            pragma solidity ^0.4.18;
                            
                            contract WETH9 {
                                string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
                                string public symbol   = "WETH";
                                uint8  public decimals = 18;
                            
                                event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
                                event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
                                event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
                                event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);
                            
                                mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
                                mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;
                            
                                function() public payable {
                                    deposit();
                                }
                                function deposit() public payable {
                                    balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
                                    Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
                                }
                                function withdraw(uint wad) public {
                                    require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
                                    balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
                                    msg.sender.transfer(wad);
                                    Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
                                }
                            
                                function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
                                    return this.balance;
                                }
                            
                                function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                                    allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
                                    Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
                                    return true;
                                }
                            
                                function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                                    return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
                                }
                            
                                function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
                                    public
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);
                            
                                    if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
                                        require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
                                        allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
                                    }
                            
                                    balanceOf[src] -= wad;
                                    balanceOf[dst] += wad;
                            
                                    Transfer(src, dst, wad);
                            
                                    return true;
                                }
                            }
                            
                            
                            /*
                                                GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                                                   Version 3, 29 June 2007
                            
                             Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
                             Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
                             of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
                            
                                                        Preamble
                            
                              The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
                            software and other kinds of works.
                            
                              The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
                            to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
                            the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
                            share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
                            software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
                            GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
                            any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
                            your programs, too.
                            
                              When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
                            price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
                            have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
                            them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
                            want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
                            free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
                            
                              To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
                            these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
                            certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
                            you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
                            
                              For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
                            gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
                            freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
                            or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
                            know their rights.
                            
                              Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
                            (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
                            giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
                            
                              For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
                            that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
                            authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
                            changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
                            authors of previous versions.
                            
                              Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
                            modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
                            can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
                            protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
                            pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
                            use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
                            have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
                            products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
                            stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
                            of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
                            
                              Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
                            States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
                            software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
                            avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
                            make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
                            patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
                            
                              The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
                            modification follow.
                            
                                                   TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                            
                              0. Definitions.
                            
                              "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
                            
                              "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
                            works, such as semiconductor masks.
                            
                              "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
                            License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
                            "recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
                            
                              To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
                            in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
                            exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
                            earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
                            
                              A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
                            on the Program.
                            
                              To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
                            permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
                            infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
                            computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
                            distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
                            public, and in some countries other activities as well.
                            
                              To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
                            parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
                            a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
                            
                              An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
                            to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
                            feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
                            tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
                            extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
                            work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
                            the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
                            menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
                            
                              1. Source Code.
                            
                              The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
                            for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
                            form of a work.
                            
                              A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
                            standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
                            interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
                            is widely used among developers working in that language.
                            
                              The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
                            than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
                            packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
                            Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
                            Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
                            implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
                            "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
                            (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
                            (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
                            produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
                            
                              The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
                            the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
                            work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
                            control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
                            System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
                            programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
                            which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
                            includes interface definition files associated with source files for
                            the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
                            linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
                            such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
                            subprograms and other parts of the work.
                            
                              The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
                            can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
                            Source.
                            
                              The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
                            same work.
                            
                              2. Basic Permissions.
                            
                              All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
                            copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
                            conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
                            permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
                            covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
                            content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
                            rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
                            
                              You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
                            convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
                            in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
                            of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
                            with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
                            the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
                            not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
                            for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
                            and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
                            your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
                            
                              Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
                            the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
                            makes it unnecessary.
                            
                              3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
                            
                              No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
                            measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
                            11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
                            similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
                            measures.
                            
                              When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
                            circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
                            is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
                            the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
                            modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
                            users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
                            technological measures.
                            
                              4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
                            
                              You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
                            receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
                            appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
                            keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
                            non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
                            keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
                            recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
                            
                              You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
                            and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
                            
                              5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
                            
                              You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
                            produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
                            terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
                            
                                a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
                                it, and giving a relevant date.
                            
                                b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
                                released under this License and any conditions added under section
                                7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
                                "keep intact all notices".
                            
                                c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
                                License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
                                License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
                                additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
                                regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
                                permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
                                invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
                            
                                d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
                                Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
                                interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
                                work need not make them do so.
                            
                              A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
                            works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
                            and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
                            in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
                            "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
                            used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
                            beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
                            in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
                            parts of the aggregate.
                            
                              6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
                            
                              You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
                            of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
                            machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
                            in one of these ways:
                            
                                a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                                (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
                                Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
                                customarily used for software interchange.
                            
                                b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                                (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
                                written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
                                long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
                                model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
                                copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
                                product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
                                medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
                                more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
                                conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
                                Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
                            
                                c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
                                written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
                                alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
                                only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
                                with subsection 6b.
                            
                                d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
                                place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
                                Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
                                further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
                                Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
                                copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
                                may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
                                that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
                                clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
                                Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
                                Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
                                available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
                            
                                e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
                                you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
                                Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
                                charge under subsection 6d.
                            
                              A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
                            from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
                            included in conveying the object code work.
                            
                              A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
                            tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
                            or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
                            into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
                            doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
                            product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
                            typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
                            of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
                            actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
                            is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
                            commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
                            the only significant mode of use of the product.
                            
                              "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
                            procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
                            and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
                            a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
                            suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
                            code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
                            modification has been made.
                            
                              If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
                            specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
                            part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
                            User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
                            fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
                            Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
                            by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
                            if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
                            modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
                            been installed in ROM).
                            
                              The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
                            requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
                            for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
                            the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
                            network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
                            adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
                            protocols for communication across the network.
                            
                              Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
                            in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
                            documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
                            source code form), and must require no special password or key for
                            unpacking, reading or copying.
                            
                              7. Additional Terms.
                            
                              "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
                            License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
                            Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
                            be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
                            that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
                            apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
                            under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
                            this License without regard to the additional permissions.
                            
                              When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
                            remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
                            it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
                            removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
                            additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
                            for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
                            
                              Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
                            add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
                            that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
                            
                                a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
                                terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
                            
                                b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
                                author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
                                Notices displayed by works containing it; or
                            
                                c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
                                requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
                                reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
                            
                                d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
                                authors of the material; or
                            
                                e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
                                trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
                            
                                f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
                                material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
                                it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
                                any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
                                those licensors and authors.
                            
                              All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
                            restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
                            received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
                            governed by this License along with a term that is a further
                            restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
                            a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
                            License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
                            of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
                            not survive such relicensing or conveying.
                            
                              If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
                            must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
                            additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
                            where to find the applicable terms.
                            
                              Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
                            form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
                            the above requirements apply either way.
                            
                              8. Termination.
                            
                              You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
                            provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
                            modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
                            this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
                            paragraph of section 11).
                            
                              However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
                            license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
                            provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
                            finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
                            holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
                            prior to 60 days after the cessation.
                            
                              Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
                            reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
                            violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
                            received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
                            copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
                            your receipt of the notice.
                            
                              Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
                            licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
                            this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
                            reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
                            material under section 10.
                            
                              9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
                            
                              You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
                            run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
                            occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
                            to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
                            nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
                            modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
                            not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
                            covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
                            
                              10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
                            
                              Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
                            receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
                            propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
                            for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
                            
                              An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
                            organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
                            organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
                            work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
                            transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
                            licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
                            give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
                            Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
                            the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
                            
                              You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
                            rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
                            not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
                            rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
                            (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
                            any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
                            sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
                            
                              11. Patents.
                            
                              A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
                            License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
                            work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
                            
                              A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
                            owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
                            hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
                            by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
                            but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
                            consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
                            purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
                            patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
                            this License.
                            
                              Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
                            patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
                            make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
                            propagate the contents of its contributor version.
                            
                              In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
                            agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
                            (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
                            sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
                            party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
                            patent against the party.
                            
                              If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
                            and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
                            to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
                            publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
                            then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
                            available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
                            patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
                            consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
                            license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
                            actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
                            covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
                            in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
                            country that you have reason to believe are valid.
                            
                              If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
                            arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
                            covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
                            receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
                            or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
                            you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
                            work and works based on it.
                            
                              A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
                            the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
                            conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
                            specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
                            work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
                            in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
                            to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
                            the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
                            parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
                            patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
                            conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
                            for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
                            contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
                            or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
                            
                              Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
                            any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
                            otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
                            
                              12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
                            
                              If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
                            otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
                            excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
                            covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
                            License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
                            not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
                            to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
                            the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
                            License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
                            
                              13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
                            
                              Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
                            permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
                            under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
                            combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
                            License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
                            but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
                            section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
                            combination as such.
                            
                              14. Revised Versions of this License.
                            
                              The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
                            the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
                            be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
                            address new problems or concerns.
                            
                              Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
                            Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
                            Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
                            option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
                            version or of any later version published by the Free Software
                            Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
                            GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
                            by the Free Software Foundation.
                            
                              If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
                            versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
                            public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
                            to choose that version for the Program.
                            
                              Later license versions may give you additional or different
                            permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
                            author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
                            later version.
                            
                              15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
                            
                              THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
                            APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
                            HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
                            OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
                            THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
                            PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
                            IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
                            ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
                            
                              16. Limitation of Liability.
                            
                              IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
                            WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
                            THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
                            GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
                            USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
                            DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
                            PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
                            EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
                            SUCH DAMAGES.
                            
                              17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
                            
                              If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
                            above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
                            reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
                            an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
                            Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
                            copy of the Program in return for a fee.
                            
                                                 END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                            
                                        How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
                            
                              If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
                            possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
                            free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
                            
                              To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
                            to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
                            state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
                            the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
                            
                                <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
                                Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
                            
                                This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
                                it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                                the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
                                (at your option) any later version.
                            
                                This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                                but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                                MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                                GNU General Public License for more details.
                            
                                You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                                along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                            
                            Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
                            
                              If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
                            notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
                            
                                <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
                                This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
                                This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
                                under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
                            
                            The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
                            parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
                            might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
                            
                              You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
                            if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
                            For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
                            <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                            
                              The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
                            into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
                            may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
                            the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
                            Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
                            <http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
                            
                            */

                            File 3 of 10: TokenProxy
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol";
                            contract TokenProxy is TransparentUpgradeableProxy {
                              constructor(
                                address _logic,
                                address _admin,
                                bytes memory _data
                              ) TransparentUpgradeableProxy(_logic, _admin, _data) {}
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/transparent/TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/ERC1967Proxy.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev This contract implements a proxy that is upgradeable by an admin.
                             *
                             * To avoid https://medium.com/nomic-labs-blog/malicious-backdoors-in-ethereum-proxies-62629adf3357[proxy selector
                             * clashing], which can potentially be used in an attack, this contract uses the
                             * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/the-transparent-proxy-pattern/[transparent proxy pattern]. This pattern implies two
                             * things that go hand in hand:
                             *
                             * 1. If any account other than the admin calls the proxy, the call will be forwarded to the implementation, even if
                             * that call matches one of the admin functions exposed by the proxy itself.
                             * 2. If the admin calls the proxy, it can access the admin functions, but its calls will never be forwarded to the
                             * implementation. If the admin tries to call a function on the implementation it will fail with an error that says
                             * "admin cannot fallback to proxy target".
                             *
                             * These properties mean that the admin account can only be used for admin actions like upgrading the proxy or changing
                             * the admin, so it's best if it's a dedicated account that is not used for anything else. This will avoid headaches due
                             * to sudden errors when trying to call a function from the proxy implementation.
                             *
                             * Our recommendation is for the dedicated account to be an instance of the {ProxyAdmin} contract. If set up this way,
                             * you should think of the `ProxyAdmin` instance as the real administrative interface of your proxy.
                             */
                            contract TransparentUpgradeableProxy is ERC1967Proxy {
                              /**
                               * @dev Initializes an upgradeable proxy managed by `_admin`, backed by the implementation at `_logic`, and
                               * optionally initialized with `_data` as explained in {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
                               */
                              constructor(
                                address _logic,
                                address admin_,
                                bytes memory _data
                              ) payable ERC1967Proxy(_logic, _data) {
                                assert(
                                  _ADMIN_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.admin")) - 1)
                                );
                                _changeAdmin(admin_);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Modifier used internally that will delegate the call to the implementation unless the sender is the admin.
                               */
                              modifier ifAdmin() {
                                if (msg.sender == _getAdmin()) {
                                  _;
                                } else {
                                  _fallback();
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the current admin.
                               *
                               * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-getProxyAdmin}.
                               *
                               * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using the
                               * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
                               * `0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103`
                               */
                              function admin() external ifAdmin returns (address admin_) {
                                admin_ = _getAdmin();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the current implementation.
                               *
                               * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-getProxyImplementation}.
                               *
                               * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using the
                               * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
                               * `0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc`
                               */
                              function implementation() external ifAdmin returns (address implementation_) {
                                implementation_ = _implementation();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
                               *
                               * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
                               *
                               * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-changeProxyAdmin}.
                               */
                              function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) external virtual ifAdmin {
                                _changeAdmin(newAdmin);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy.
                               *
                               * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-upgrade}.
                               */
                              function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external ifAdmin {
                                _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, bytes(""), false);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy, and then call a function from the new implementation as specified
                               * by `data`, which should be an encoded function call. This is useful to initialize new storage variables in the
                               * proxied contract.
                               *
                               * NOTE: Only the admin can call this function. See {ProxyAdmin-upgradeAndCall}.
                               */
                              function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes calldata data)
                                external
                                payable
                                ifAdmin
                              {
                                _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, true);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the current admin.
                               */
                              function _admin() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                return _getAdmin();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Makes sure the admin cannot access the fallback function. See {Proxy-_beforeFallback}.
                               */
                              function _beforeFallback() internal virtual override {
                                require(
                                  msg.sender != _getAdmin(),
                                  "TransparentUpgradeableProxy: admin cannot fallback to proxy target"
                                );
                                super._beforeFallback();
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/Proxy.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
                             * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
                             * implementation behind the proxy.
                             */
                            contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
                              /**
                               * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `_logic`.
                               *
                               * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `_logic`. This will typically be an encoded
                               * function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
                               */
                              constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) payable {
                                assert(
                                  _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT ==
                                    bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.implementation")) - 1)
                                );
                                _upgradeToAndCall(_logic, _data, false);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
                               */
                              function _implementation()
                                internal
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (address impl)
                              {
                                return ERC1967Upgrade._getImplementation();
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/Proxy.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
                             * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
                             * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
                             *
                             * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
                             * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
                             *
                             * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
                             */
                            abstract contract Proxy {
                              /**
                               * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
                               *
                               * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
                               */
                              function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
                                assembly {
                                  // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
                                  // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
                                  // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
                                  calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
                                  // Call the implementation.
                                  // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
                                  let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
                                  // Copy the returned data.
                                  returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                  switch result
                                    // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
                                    case 0 {
                                      revert(0, returndatasize())
                                    }
                                    default {
                                      return(0, returndatasize())
                                    }
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overriden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
                               * and {_fallback} should delegate.
                               */
                              function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
                              /**
                               * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
                               *
                               * This function does not return to its internall call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
                               */
                              function _fallback() internal virtual {
                                _beforeFallback();
                                _delegate(_implementation());
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
                               * function in the contract matches the call data.
                               */
                              fallback() external payable {
                                _fallback();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
                               * is empty.
                               */
                              receive() external payable {
                                _fallback();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
                               * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
                               *
                               * If overriden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
                               */
                              function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {}
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/IBeacon.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/draft-IERC1822.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/utils/StorageSlot.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
                             *
                             * _Available since v4.1._
                             *
                             * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC1967Upgrade {
                              // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
                              bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT =
                                0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
                              /**
                               * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
                               * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
                               * validated in the constructor.
                               */
                              bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT =
                                0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
                               */
                              event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
                               */
                              function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
                                return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
                               */
                              function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
                                require(
                                  Address.isContract(newImplementation),
                                  "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract"
                                );
                                StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
                               *
                               * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
                               */
                              function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
                                _setImplementation(newImplementation);
                                emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
                               *
                               * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
                               */
                              function _upgradeToAndCall(
                                address newImplementation,
                                bytes memory data,
                                bool forceCall
                              ) internal {
                                _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
                                if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
                                  Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
                               *
                               * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
                               */
                              function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(
                                address newImplementation,
                                bytes memory data,
                                bool forceCall
                              ) internal {
                                // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
                                // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
                                // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
                                if (StorageSlot.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
                                  _setImplementation(newImplementation);
                                } else {
                                  try IERC1822Proxiable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (
                                    bytes32 slot
                                  ) {
                                    require(
                                      slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT,
                                      "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID"
                                    );
                                  } catch {
                                    revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
                                  }
                                  _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
                               * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
                               * validated in the constructor.
                               */
                              bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT =
                                0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
                               */
                              event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the current admin.
                               */
                              function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
                                return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
                               */
                              function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
                                require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
                                StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
                               *
                               * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
                               */
                              function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
                                emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
                                _setAdmin(newAdmin);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
                               * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
                               */
                              bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT =
                                0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the beacon is upgraded.
                               */
                              event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the current beacon.
                               */
                              function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
                                return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
                               */
                              function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
                                require(
                                  Address.isContract(newBeacon),
                                  "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract"
                                );
                                require(
                                  Address.isContract(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation()),
                                  "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
                                );
                                StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
                               * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
                               *
                               * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
                               */
                              function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(
                                address newBeacon,
                                bytes memory data,
                                bool forceCall
                              ) internal {
                                _setBeacon(newBeacon);
                                emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
                                if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
                                  Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
                                }
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
                             * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
                             */
                            interface IERC1822Proxiable {
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
                               * address.
                               *
                               * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
                               * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
                               * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
                               */
                              function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
                             */
                            interface IBeacon {
                              /**
                               * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
                               *
                               * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
                               */
                              function implementation() external view returns (address);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
                             *
                             * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
                             * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
                             *
                             * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
                             *
                             * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
                             * ```
                             * contract ERC1967 {
                             *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
                             *
                             *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
                             *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
                             *     }
                             *
                             *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
                             *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
                             *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
                             *     }
                             * }
                             * ```
                             *
                             * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
                             */
                            library StorageSlot {
                              struct AddressSlot {
                                address value;
                              }
                              struct BooleanSlot {
                                bool value;
                              }
                              struct Bytes32Slot {
                                bytes32 value;
                              }
                              struct Uint256Slot {
                                uint256 value;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                               */
                              function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot)
                                internal
                                pure
                                returns (AddressSlot storage r)
                              {
                                assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                               */
                              function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot)
                                internal
                                pure
                                returns (BooleanSlot storage r)
                              {
                                assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                               */
                              function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot)
                                internal
                                pure
                                returns (Bytes32Slot storage r)
                              {
                                assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
                               */
                              function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot)
                                internal
                                pure
                                returns (Uint256Slot storage r)
                              {
                                assembly {
                                  r.slot := slot
                                }
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
                            /**
                             * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                             */
                            library Address {
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                               *
                               * [IMPORTANT]
                               * ====
                               * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                               * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                               *
                               * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                               * types of addresses:
                               *
                               *  - an externally-owned account
                               *  - a contract in construction
                               *  - an address where a contract will be created
                               *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                               * ====
                               *
                               * [IMPORTANT]
                               * ====
                               * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
                               *
                               * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
                               * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
                               * constructor.
                               * ====
                               */
                              function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
                                // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
                                // of the constructor execution.
                                return account.code.length > 0;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                               * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                               *
                               * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                               * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                               * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                               * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                               *
                               * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                               *
                               * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                               * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                               * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                               * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                               */
                              function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                                (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                                require(
                                  success,
                                  "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted"
                                );
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                               * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                               * function instead.
                               *
                               * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                               * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                               *
                               * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                               * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `target` must be a contract.
                               * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.1._
                               */
                              function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data)
                                internal
                                returns (bytes memory)
                              {
                                return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                               * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.1._
                               */
                              function functionCall(
                                address target,
                                bytes memory data,
                                string memory errorMessage
                              ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                               * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                               * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.1._
                               */
                              function functionCallWithValue(
                                address target,
                                bytes memory data,
                                uint256 value
                              ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                return
                                  functionCallWithValue(
                                    target,
                                    data,
                                    value,
                                    "Address: low-level call with value failed"
                                  );
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                               * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.1._
                               */
                              function functionCallWithValue(
                                address target,
                                bytes memory data,
                                uint256 value,
                                string memory errorMessage
                              ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                require(
                                  address(this).balance >= value,
                                  "Address: insufficient balance for call"
                                );
                                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                                return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                               * but performing a static call.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.3._
                               */
                              function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (bytes memory)
                              {
                                return
                                  functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                               * but performing a static call.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.3._
                               */
                              function functionStaticCall(
                                address target,
                                bytes memory data,
                                string memory errorMessage
                              ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                                return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                               * but performing a delegate call.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.4._
                               */
                              function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data)
                                internal
                                returns (bytes memory)
                              {
                                return
                                  functionDelegateCall(
                                    target,
                                    data,
                                    "Address: low-level delegate call failed"
                                  );
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                               * but performing a delegate call.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.4._
                               */
                              function functionDelegateCall(
                                address target,
                                bytes memory data,
                                string memory errorMessage
                              ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
                                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                                return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
                               * revert reason using the provided one.
                               *
                               * _Available since v4.3._
                               */
                              function verifyCallResult(
                                bool success,
                                bytes memory returndata,
                                string memory errorMessage
                              ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
                                if (success) {
                                  return returndata;
                                } else {
                                  // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                  if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                    // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                                    assembly {
                                      let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                      revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                    }
                                  } else {
                                    revert(errorMessage);
                                  }
                                }
                              }
                            }
                            

                            File 4 of 10: UniswapV3Pool
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                            pragma solidity =0.7.6;
                            import './interfaces/IUniswapV3Pool.sol';
                            import './NoDelegateCall.sol';
                            import './libraries/LowGasSafeMath.sol';
                            import './libraries/SafeCast.sol';
                            import './libraries/Tick.sol';
                            import './libraries/TickBitmap.sol';
                            import './libraries/Position.sol';
                            import './libraries/Oracle.sol';
                            import './libraries/FullMath.sol';
                            import './libraries/FixedPoint128.sol';
                            import './libraries/TransferHelper.sol';
                            import './libraries/TickMath.sol';
                            import './libraries/LiquidityMath.sol';
                            import './libraries/SqrtPriceMath.sol';
                            import './libraries/SwapMath.sol';
                            import './interfaces/IUniswapV3PoolDeployer.sol';
                            import './interfaces/IUniswapV3Factory.sol';
                            import './interfaces/IERC20Minimal.sol';
                            import './interfaces/callback/IUniswapV3MintCallback.sol';
                            import './interfaces/callback/IUniswapV3SwapCallback.sol';
                            import './interfaces/callback/IUniswapV3FlashCallback.sol';
                            contract UniswapV3Pool is IUniswapV3Pool, NoDelegateCall {
                                using LowGasSafeMath for uint256;
                                using LowGasSafeMath for int256;
                                using SafeCast for uint256;
                                using SafeCast for int256;
                                using Tick for mapping(int24 => Tick.Info);
                                using TickBitmap for mapping(int16 => uint256);
                                using Position for mapping(bytes32 => Position.Info);
                                using Position for Position.Info;
                                using Oracle for Oracle.Observation[65535];
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                                address public immutable override factory;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                                address public immutable override token0;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                                address public immutable override token1;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                                uint24 public immutable override fee;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                                int24 public immutable override tickSpacing;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolImmutables
                                uint128 public immutable override maxLiquidityPerTick;
                                struct Slot0 {
                                    // the current price
                                    uint160 sqrtPriceX96;
                                    // the current tick
                                    int24 tick;
                                    // the most-recently updated index of the observations array
                                    uint16 observationIndex;
                                    // the current maximum number of observations that are being stored
                                    uint16 observationCardinality;
                                    // the next maximum number of observations to store, triggered in observations.write
                                    uint16 observationCardinalityNext;
                                    // the current protocol fee as a percentage of the swap fee taken on withdrawal
                                    // represented as an integer denominator (1/x)%
                                    uint8 feeProtocol;
                                    // whether the pool is locked
                                    bool unlocked;
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                                Slot0 public override slot0;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                                uint256 public override feeGrowthGlobal0X128;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                                uint256 public override feeGrowthGlobal1X128;
                                // accumulated protocol fees in token0/token1 units
                                struct ProtocolFees {
                                    uint128 token0;
                                    uint128 token1;
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                                ProtocolFees public override protocolFees;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                                uint128 public override liquidity;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                                mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) public override ticks;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                                mapping(int16 => uint256) public override tickBitmap;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                                mapping(bytes32 => Position.Info) public override positions;
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolState
                                Oracle.Observation[65535] public override observations;
                                /// @dev Mutually exclusive reentrancy protection into the pool to/from a method. This method also prevents entrance
                                /// to a function before the pool is initialized. The reentrancy guard is required throughout the contract because
                                /// we use balance checks to determine the payment status of interactions such as mint, swap and flash.
                                modifier lock() {
                                    require(slot0.unlocked, 'LOK');
                                    slot0.unlocked = false;
                                    _;
                                    slot0.unlocked = true;
                                }
                                /// @dev Prevents calling a function from anyone except the address returned by IUniswapV3Factory#owner()
                                modifier onlyFactoryOwner() {
                                    require(msg.sender == IUniswapV3Factory(factory).owner());
                                    _;
                                }
                                constructor() {
                                    int24 _tickSpacing;
                                    (factory, token0, token1, fee, _tickSpacing) = IUniswapV3PoolDeployer(msg.sender).parameters();
                                    tickSpacing = _tickSpacing;
                                    maxLiquidityPerTick = Tick.tickSpacingToMaxLiquidityPerTick(_tickSpacing);
                                }
                                /// @dev Common checks for valid tick inputs.
                                function checkTicks(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) private pure {
                                    require(tickLower < tickUpper, 'TLU');
                                    require(tickLower >= TickMath.MIN_TICK, 'TLM');
                                    require(tickUpper <= TickMath.MAX_TICK, 'TUM');
                                }
                                /// @dev Returns the block timestamp truncated to 32 bits, i.e. mod 2**32. This method is overridden in tests.
                                function _blockTimestamp() internal view virtual returns (uint32) {
                                    return uint32(block.timestamp); // truncation is desired
                                }
                                /// @dev Get the pool's balance of token0
                                /// @dev This function is gas optimized to avoid a redundant extcodesize check in addition to the returndatasize
                                /// check
                                function balance0() private view returns (uint256) {
                                    (bool success, bytes memory data) =
                                        token0.staticcall(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20Minimal.balanceOf.selector, address(this)));
                                    require(success && data.length >= 32);
                                    return abi.decode(data, (uint256));
                                }
                                /// @dev Get the pool's balance of token1
                                /// @dev This function is gas optimized to avoid a redundant extcodesize check in addition to the returndatasize
                                /// check
                                function balance1() private view returns (uint256) {
                                    (bool success, bytes memory data) =
                                        token1.staticcall(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20Minimal.balanceOf.selector, address(this)));
                                    require(success && data.length >= 32);
                                    return abi.decode(data, (uint256));
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState
                                function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    override
                                    noDelegateCall
                                    returns (
                                        int56 tickCumulativeInside,
                                        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
                                        uint32 secondsInside
                                    )
                                {
                                    checkTicks(tickLower, tickUpper);
                                    int56 tickCumulativeLower;
                                    int56 tickCumulativeUpper;
                                    uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128;
                                    uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128;
                                    uint32 secondsOutsideLower;
                                    uint32 secondsOutsideUpper;
                                    {
                                        Tick.Info storage lower = ticks[tickLower];
                                        Tick.Info storage upper = ticks[tickUpper];
                                        bool initializedLower;
                                        (tickCumulativeLower, secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128, secondsOutsideLower, initializedLower) = (
                                            lower.tickCumulativeOutside,
                                            lower.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
                                            lower.secondsOutside,
                                            lower.initialized
                                        );
                                        require(initializedLower);
                                        bool initializedUpper;
                                        (tickCumulativeUpper, secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128, secondsOutsideUpper, initializedUpper) = (
                                            upper.tickCumulativeOutside,
                                            upper.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
                                            upper.secondsOutside,
                                            upper.initialized
                                        );
                                        require(initializedUpper);
                                    }
                                    Slot0 memory _slot0 = slot0;
                                    if (_slot0.tick < tickLower) {
                                        return (
                                            tickCumulativeLower - tickCumulativeUpper,
                                            secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128 - secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128,
                                            secondsOutsideLower - secondsOutsideUpper
                                        );
                                    } else if (_slot0.tick < tickUpper) {
                                        uint32 time = _blockTimestamp();
                                        (int56 tickCumulative, uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) =
                                            observations.observeSingle(
                                                time,
                                                0,
                                                _slot0.tick,
                                                _slot0.observationIndex,
                                                liquidity,
                                                _slot0.observationCardinality
                                            );
                                        return (
                                            tickCumulative - tickCumulativeLower - tickCumulativeUpper,
                                            secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 -
                                                secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128 -
                                                secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128,
                                            time - secondsOutsideLower - secondsOutsideUpper
                                        );
                                    } else {
                                        return (
                                            tickCumulativeUpper - tickCumulativeLower,
                                            secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128 - secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128,
                                            secondsOutsideUpper - secondsOutsideLower
                                        );
                                    }
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState
                                function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    override
                                    noDelegateCall
                                    returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s)
                                {
                                    return
                                        observations.observe(
                                            _blockTimestamp(),
                                            secondsAgos,
                                            slot0.tick,
                                            slot0.observationIndex,
                                            liquidity,
                                            slot0.observationCardinality
                                        );
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                                function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext)
                                    external
                                    override
                                    lock
                                    noDelegateCall
                                {
                                    uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld = slot0.observationCardinalityNext; // for the event
                                    uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew =
                                        observations.grow(observationCardinalityNextOld, observationCardinalityNext);
                                    slot0.observationCardinalityNext = observationCardinalityNextNew;
                                    if (observationCardinalityNextOld != observationCardinalityNextNew)
                                        emit IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(observationCardinalityNextOld, observationCardinalityNextNew);
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                                /// @dev not locked because it initializes unlocked
                                function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external override {
                                    require(slot0.sqrtPriceX96 == 0, 'AI');
                                    int24 tick = TickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96);
                                    (uint16 cardinality, uint16 cardinalityNext) = observations.initialize(_blockTimestamp());
                                    slot0 = Slot0({
                                        sqrtPriceX96: sqrtPriceX96,
                                        tick: tick,
                                        observationIndex: 0,
                                        observationCardinality: cardinality,
                                        observationCardinalityNext: cardinalityNext,
                                        feeProtocol: 0,
                                        unlocked: true
                                    });
                                    emit Initialize(sqrtPriceX96, tick);
                                }
                                struct ModifyPositionParams {
                                    // the address that owns the position
                                    address owner;
                                    // the lower and upper tick of the position
                                    int24 tickLower;
                                    int24 tickUpper;
                                    // any change in liquidity
                                    int128 liquidityDelta;
                                }
                                /// @dev Effect some changes to a position
                                /// @param params the position details and the change to the position's liquidity to effect
                                /// @return position a storage pointer referencing the position with the given owner and tick range
                                /// @return amount0 the amount of token0 owed to the pool, negative if the pool should pay the recipient
                                /// @return amount1 the amount of token1 owed to the pool, negative if the pool should pay the recipient
                                function _modifyPosition(ModifyPositionParams memory params)
                                    private
                                    noDelegateCall
                                    returns (
                                        Position.Info storage position,
                                        int256 amount0,
                                        int256 amount1
                                    )
                                {
                                    checkTicks(params.tickLower, params.tickUpper);
                                    Slot0 memory _slot0 = slot0; // SLOAD for gas optimization
                                    position = _updatePosition(
                                        params.owner,
                                        params.tickLower,
                                        params.tickUpper,
                                        params.liquidityDelta,
                                        _slot0.tick
                                    );
                                    if (params.liquidityDelta != 0) {
                                        if (_slot0.tick < params.tickLower) {
                                            // current tick is below the passed range; liquidity can only become in range by crossing from left to
                                            // right, when we'll need _more_ token0 (it's becoming more valuable) so user must provide it
                                            amount0 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(
                                                TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower),
                                                TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper),
                                                params.liquidityDelta
                                            );
                                        } else if (_slot0.tick < params.tickUpper) {
                                            // current tick is inside the passed range
                                            uint128 liquidityBefore = liquidity; // SLOAD for gas optimization
                                            // write an oracle entry
                                            (slot0.observationIndex, slot0.observationCardinality) = observations.write(
                                                _slot0.observationIndex,
                                                _blockTimestamp(),
                                                _slot0.tick,
                                                liquidityBefore,
                                                _slot0.observationCardinality,
                                                _slot0.observationCardinalityNext
                                            );
                                            amount0 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(
                                                _slot0.sqrtPriceX96,
                                                TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper),
                                                params.liquidityDelta
                                            );
                                            amount1 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(
                                                TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower),
                                                _slot0.sqrtPriceX96,
                                                params.liquidityDelta
                                            );
                                            liquidity = LiquidityMath.addDelta(liquidityBefore, params.liquidityDelta);
                                        } else {
                                            // current tick is above the passed range; liquidity can only become in range by crossing from right to
                                            // left, when we'll need _more_ token1 (it's becoming more valuable) so user must provide it
                                            amount1 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(
                                                TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower),
                                                TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper),
                                                params.liquidityDelta
                                            );
                                        }
                                    }
                                }
                                /// @dev Gets and updates a position with the given liquidity delta
                                /// @param owner the owner of the position
                                /// @param tickLower the lower tick of the position's tick range
                                /// @param tickUpper the upper tick of the position's tick range
                                /// @param tick the current tick, passed to avoid sloads
                                function _updatePosition(
                                    address owner,
                                    int24 tickLower,
                                    int24 tickUpper,
                                    int128 liquidityDelta,
                                    int24 tick
                                ) private returns (Position.Info storage position) {
                                    position = positions.get(owner, tickLower, tickUpper);
                                    uint256 _feeGrowthGlobal0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128; // SLOAD for gas optimization
                                    uint256 _feeGrowthGlobal1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128; // SLOAD for gas optimization
                                    // if we need to update the ticks, do it
                                    bool flippedLower;
                                    bool flippedUpper;
                                    if (liquidityDelta != 0) {
                                        uint32 time = _blockTimestamp();
                                        (int56 tickCumulative, uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) =
                                            observations.observeSingle(
                                                time,
                                                0,
                                                slot0.tick,
                                                slot0.observationIndex,
                                                liquidity,
                                                slot0.observationCardinality
                                            );
                                        flippedLower = ticks.update(
                                            tickLower,
                                            tick,
                                            liquidityDelta,
                                            _feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                                            _feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                                            secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                            tickCumulative,
                                            time,
                                            false,
                                            maxLiquidityPerTick
                                        );
                                        flippedUpper = ticks.update(
                                            tickUpper,
                                            tick,
                                            liquidityDelta,
                                            _feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                                            _feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                                            secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                            tickCumulative,
                                            time,
                                            true,
                                            maxLiquidityPerTick
                                        );
                                        if (flippedLower) {
                                            tickBitmap.flipTick(tickLower, tickSpacing);
                                        }
                                        if (flippedUpper) {
                                            tickBitmap.flipTick(tickUpper, tickSpacing);
                                        }
                                    }
                                    (uint256 feeGrowthInside0X128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1X128) =
                                        ticks.getFeeGrowthInside(tickLower, tickUpper, tick, _feeGrowthGlobal0X128, _feeGrowthGlobal1X128);
                                    position.update(liquidityDelta, feeGrowthInside0X128, feeGrowthInside1X128);
                                    // clear any tick data that is no longer needed
                                    if (liquidityDelta < 0) {
                                        if (flippedLower) {
                                            ticks.clear(tickLower);
                                        }
                                        if (flippedUpper) {
                                            ticks.clear(tickUpper);
                                        }
                                    }
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                                /// @dev noDelegateCall is applied indirectly via _modifyPosition
                                function mint(
                                    address recipient,
                                    int24 tickLower,
                                    int24 tickUpper,
                                    uint128 amount,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external override lock returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
                                    require(amount > 0);
                                    (, int256 amount0Int, int256 amount1Int) =
                                        _modifyPosition(
                                            ModifyPositionParams({
                                                owner: recipient,
                                                tickLower: tickLower,
                                                tickUpper: tickUpper,
                                                liquidityDelta: int256(amount).toInt128()
                                            })
                                        );
                                    amount0 = uint256(amount0Int);
                                    amount1 = uint256(amount1Int);
                                    uint256 balance0Before;
                                    uint256 balance1Before;
                                    if (amount0 > 0) balance0Before = balance0();
                                    if (amount1 > 0) balance1Before = balance1();
                                    IUniswapV3MintCallback(msg.sender).uniswapV3MintCallback(amount0, amount1, data);
                                    if (amount0 > 0) require(balance0Before.add(amount0) <= balance0(), 'M0');
                                    if (amount1 > 0) require(balance1Before.add(amount1) <= balance1(), 'M1');
                                    emit Mint(msg.sender, recipient, tickLower, tickUpper, amount, amount0, amount1);
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                                function collect(
                                    address recipient,
                                    int24 tickLower,
                                    int24 tickUpper,
                                    uint128 amount0Requested,
                                    uint128 amount1Requested
                                ) external override lock returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1) {
                                    // we don't need to checkTicks here, because invalid positions will never have non-zero tokensOwed{0,1}
                                    Position.Info storage position = positions.get(msg.sender, tickLower, tickUpper);
                                    amount0 = amount0Requested > position.tokensOwed0 ? position.tokensOwed0 : amount0Requested;
                                    amount1 = amount1Requested > position.tokensOwed1 ? position.tokensOwed1 : amount1Requested;
                                    if (amount0 > 0) {
                                        position.tokensOwed0 -= amount0;
                                        TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, amount0);
                                    }
                                    if (amount1 > 0) {
                                        position.tokensOwed1 -= amount1;
                                        TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, amount1);
                                    }
                                    emit Collect(msg.sender, recipient, tickLower, tickUpper, amount0, amount1);
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                                /// @dev noDelegateCall is applied indirectly via _modifyPosition
                                function burn(
                                    int24 tickLower,
                                    int24 tickUpper,
                                    uint128 amount
                                ) external override lock returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
                                    (Position.Info storage position, int256 amount0Int, int256 amount1Int) =
                                        _modifyPosition(
                                            ModifyPositionParams({
                                                owner: msg.sender,
                                                tickLower: tickLower,
                                                tickUpper: tickUpper,
                                                liquidityDelta: -int256(amount).toInt128()
                                            })
                                        );
                                    amount0 = uint256(-amount0Int);
                                    amount1 = uint256(-amount1Int);
                                    if (amount0 > 0 || amount1 > 0) {
                                        (position.tokensOwed0, position.tokensOwed1) = (
                                            position.tokensOwed0 + uint128(amount0),
                                            position.tokensOwed1 + uint128(amount1)
                                        );
                                    }
                                    emit Burn(msg.sender, tickLower, tickUpper, amount, amount0, amount1);
                                }
                                struct SwapCache {
                                    // the protocol fee for the input token
                                    uint8 feeProtocol;
                                    // liquidity at the beginning of the swap
                                    uint128 liquidityStart;
                                    // the timestamp of the current block
                                    uint32 blockTimestamp;
                                    // the current value of the tick accumulator, computed only if we cross an initialized tick
                                    int56 tickCumulative;
                                    // the current value of seconds per liquidity accumulator, computed only if we cross an initialized tick
                                    uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128;
                                    // whether we've computed and cached the above two accumulators
                                    bool computedLatestObservation;
                                }
                                // the top level state of the swap, the results of which are recorded in storage at the end
                                struct SwapState {
                                    // the amount remaining to be swapped in/out of the input/output asset
                                    int256 amountSpecifiedRemaining;
                                    // the amount already swapped out/in of the output/input asset
                                    int256 amountCalculated;
                                    // current sqrt(price)
                                    uint160 sqrtPriceX96;
                                    // the tick associated with the current price
                                    int24 tick;
                                    // the global fee growth of the input token
                                    uint256 feeGrowthGlobalX128;
                                    // amount of input token paid as protocol fee
                                    uint128 protocolFee;
                                    // the current liquidity in range
                                    uint128 liquidity;
                                }
                                struct StepComputations {
                                    // the price at the beginning of the step
                                    uint160 sqrtPriceStartX96;
                                    // the next tick to swap to from the current tick in the swap direction
                                    int24 tickNext;
                                    // whether tickNext is initialized or not
                                    bool initialized;
                                    // sqrt(price) for the next tick (1/0)
                                    uint160 sqrtPriceNextX96;
                                    // how much is being swapped in in this step
                                    uint256 amountIn;
                                    // how much is being swapped out
                                    uint256 amountOut;
                                    // how much fee is being paid in
                                    uint256 feeAmount;
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                                function swap(
                                    address recipient,
                                    bool zeroForOne,
                                    int256 amountSpecified,
                                    uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external override noDelegateCall returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1) {
                                    require(amountSpecified != 0, 'AS');
                                    Slot0 memory slot0Start = slot0;
                                    require(slot0Start.unlocked, 'LOK');
                                    require(
                                        zeroForOne
                                            ? sqrtPriceLimitX96 < slot0Start.sqrtPriceX96 && sqrtPriceLimitX96 > TickMath.MIN_SQRT_RATIO
                                            : sqrtPriceLimitX96 > slot0Start.sqrtPriceX96 && sqrtPriceLimitX96 < TickMath.MAX_SQRT_RATIO,
                                        'SPL'
                                    );
                                    slot0.unlocked = false;
                                    SwapCache memory cache =
                                        SwapCache({
                                            liquidityStart: liquidity,
                                            blockTimestamp: _blockTimestamp(),
                                            feeProtocol: zeroForOne ? (slot0Start.feeProtocol % 16) : (slot0Start.feeProtocol >> 4),
                                            secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128: 0,
                                            tickCumulative: 0,
                                            computedLatestObservation: false
                                        });
                                    bool exactInput = amountSpecified > 0;
                                    SwapState memory state =
                                        SwapState({
                                            amountSpecifiedRemaining: amountSpecified,
                                            amountCalculated: 0,
                                            sqrtPriceX96: slot0Start.sqrtPriceX96,
                                            tick: slot0Start.tick,
                                            feeGrowthGlobalX128: zeroForOne ? feeGrowthGlobal0X128 : feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                                            protocolFee: 0,
                                            liquidity: cache.liquidityStart
                                        });
                                    // continue swapping as long as we haven't used the entire input/output and haven't reached the price limit
                                    while (state.amountSpecifiedRemaining != 0 && state.sqrtPriceX96 != sqrtPriceLimitX96) {
                                        StepComputations memory step;
                                        step.sqrtPriceStartX96 = state.sqrtPriceX96;
                                        (step.tickNext, step.initialized) = tickBitmap.nextInitializedTickWithinOneWord(
                                            state.tick,
                                            tickSpacing,
                                            zeroForOne
                                        );
                                        // ensure that we do not overshoot the min/max tick, as the tick bitmap is not aware of these bounds
                                        if (step.tickNext < TickMath.MIN_TICK) {
                                            step.tickNext = TickMath.MIN_TICK;
                                        } else if (step.tickNext > TickMath.MAX_TICK) {
                                            step.tickNext = TickMath.MAX_TICK;
                                        }
                                        // get the price for the next tick
                                        step.sqrtPriceNextX96 = TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(step.tickNext);
                                        // compute values to swap to the target tick, price limit, or point where input/output amount is exhausted
                                        (state.sqrtPriceX96, step.amountIn, step.amountOut, step.feeAmount) = SwapMath.computeSwapStep(
                                            state.sqrtPriceX96,
                                            (zeroForOne ? step.sqrtPriceNextX96 < sqrtPriceLimitX96 : step.sqrtPriceNextX96 > sqrtPriceLimitX96)
                                                ? sqrtPriceLimitX96
                                                : step.sqrtPriceNextX96,
                                            state.liquidity,
                                            state.amountSpecifiedRemaining,
                                            fee
                                        );
                                        if (exactInput) {
                                            state.amountSpecifiedRemaining -= (step.amountIn + step.feeAmount).toInt256();
                                            state.amountCalculated = state.amountCalculated.sub(step.amountOut.toInt256());
                                        } else {
                                            state.amountSpecifiedRemaining += step.amountOut.toInt256();
                                            state.amountCalculated = state.amountCalculated.add((step.amountIn + step.feeAmount).toInt256());
                                        }
                                        // if the protocol fee is on, calculate how much is owed, decrement feeAmount, and increment protocolFee
                                        if (cache.feeProtocol > 0) {
                                            uint256 delta = step.feeAmount / cache.feeProtocol;
                                            step.feeAmount -= delta;
                                            state.protocolFee += uint128(delta);
                                        }
                                        // update global fee tracker
                                        if (state.liquidity > 0)
                                            state.feeGrowthGlobalX128 += FullMath.mulDiv(step.feeAmount, FixedPoint128.Q128, state.liquidity);
                                        // shift tick if we reached the next price
                                        if (state.sqrtPriceX96 == step.sqrtPriceNextX96) {
                                            // if the tick is initialized, run the tick transition
                                            if (step.initialized) {
                                                // check for the placeholder value, which we replace with the actual value the first time the swap
                                                // crosses an initialized tick
                                                if (!cache.computedLatestObservation) {
                                                    (cache.tickCumulative, cache.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) = observations.observeSingle(
                                                        cache.blockTimestamp,
                                                        0,
                                                        slot0Start.tick,
                                                        slot0Start.observationIndex,
                                                        cache.liquidityStart,
                                                        slot0Start.observationCardinality
                                                    );
                                                    cache.computedLatestObservation = true;
                                                }
                                                int128 liquidityNet =
                                                    ticks.cross(
                                                        step.tickNext,
                                                        (zeroForOne ? state.feeGrowthGlobalX128 : feeGrowthGlobal0X128),
                                                        (zeroForOne ? feeGrowthGlobal1X128 : state.feeGrowthGlobalX128),
                                                        cache.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                                        cache.tickCumulative,
                                                        cache.blockTimestamp
                                                    );
                                                // if we're moving leftward, we interpret liquidityNet as the opposite sign
                                                // safe because liquidityNet cannot be type(int128).min
                                                if (zeroForOne) liquidityNet = -liquidityNet;
                                                state.liquidity = LiquidityMath.addDelta(state.liquidity, liquidityNet);
                                            }
                                            state.tick = zeroForOne ? step.tickNext - 1 : step.tickNext;
                                        } else if (state.sqrtPriceX96 != step.sqrtPriceStartX96) {
                                            // recompute unless we're on a lower tick boundary (i.e. already transitioned ticks), and haven't moved
                                            state.tick = TickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(state.sqrtPriceX96);
                                        }
                                    }
                                    // update tick and write an oracle entry if the tick change
                                    if (state.tick != slot0Start.tick) {
                                        (uint16 observationIndex, uint16 observationCardinality) =
                                            observations.write(
                                                slot0Start.observationIndex,
                                                cache.blockTimestamp,
                                                slot0Start.tick,
                                                cache.liquidityStart,
                                                slot0Start.observationCardinality,
                                                slot0Start.observationCardinalityNext
                                            );
                                        (slot0.sqrtPriceX96, slot0.tick, slot0.observationIndex, slot0.observationCardinality) = (
                                            state.sqrtPriceX96,
                                            state.tick,
                                            observationIndex,
                                            observationCardinality
                                        );
                                    } else {
                                        // otherwise just update the price
                                        slot0.sqrtPriceX96 = state.sqrtPriceX96;
                                    }
                                    // update liquidity if it changed
                                    if (cache.liquidityStart != state.liquidity) liquidity = state.liquidity;
                                    // update fee growth global and, if necessary, protocol fees
                                    // overflow is acceptable, protocol has to withdraw before it hits type(uint128).max fees
                                    if (zeroForOne) {
                                        feeGrowthGlobal0X128 = state.feeGrowthGlobalX128;
                                        if (state.protocolFee > 0) protocolFees.token0 += state.protocolFee;
                                    } else {
                                        feeGrowthGlobal1X128 = state.feeGrowthGlobalX128;
                                        if (state.protocolFee > 0) protocolFees.token1 += state.protocolFee;
                                    }
                                    (amount0, amount1) = zeroForOne == exactInput
                                        ? (amountSpecified - state.amountSpecifiedRemaining, state.amountCalculated)
                                        : (state.amountCalculated, amountSpecified - state.amountSpecifiedRemaining);
                                    // do the transfers and collect payment
                                    if (zeroForOne) {
                                        if (amount1 < 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, uint256(-amount1));
                                        uint256 balance0Before = balance0();
                                        IUniswapV3SwapCallback(msg.sender).uniswapV3SwapCallback(amount0, amount1, data);
                                        require(balance0Before.add(uint256(amount0)) <= balance0(), 'IIA');
                                    } else {
                                        if (amount0 < 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, uint256(-amount0));
                                        uint256 balance1Before = balance1();
                                        IUniswapV3SwapCallback(msg.sender).uniswapV3SwapCallback(amount0, amount1, data);
                                        require(balance1Before.add(uint256(amount1)) <= balance1(), 'IIA');
                                    }
                                    emit Swap(msg.sender, recipient, amount0, amount1, state.sqrtPriceX96, state.liquidity, state.tick);
                                    slot0.unlocked = true;
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolActions
                                function flash(
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint256 amount0,
                                    uint256 amount1,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external override lock noDelegateCall {
                                    uint128 _liquidity = liquidity;
                                    require(_liquidity > 0, 'L');
                                    uint256 fee0 = FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amount0, fee, 1e6);
                                    uint256 fee1 = FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amount1, fee, 1e6);
                                    uint256 balance0Before = balance0();
                                    uint256 balance1Before = balance1();
                                    if (amount0 > 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, amount0);
                                    if (amount1 > 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, amount1);
                                    IUniswapV3FlashCallback(msg.sender).uniswapV3FlashCallback(fee0, fee1, data);
                                    uint256 balance0After = balance0();
                                    uint256 balance1After = balance1();
                                    require(balance0Before.add(fee0) <= balance0After, 'F0');
                                    require(balance1Before.add(fee1) <= balance1After, 'F1');
                                    // sub is safe because we know balanceAfter is gt balanceBefore by at least fee
                                    uint256 paid0 = balance0After - balance0Before;
                                    uint256 paid1 = balance1After - balance1Before;
                                    if (paid0 > 0) {
                                        uint8 feeProtocol0 = slot0.feeProtocol % 16;
                                        uint256 fees0 = feeProtocol0 == 0 ? 0 : paid0 / feeProtocol0;
                                        if (uint128(fees0) > 0) protocolFees.token0 += uint128(fees0);
                                        feeGrowthGlobal0X128 += FullMath.mulDiv(paid0 - fees0, FixedPoint128.Q128, _liquidity);
                                    }
                                    if (paid1 > 0) {
                                        uint8 feeProtocol1 = slot0.feeProtocol >> 4;
                                        uint256 fees1 = feeProtocol1 == 0 ? 0 : paid1 / feeProtocol1;
                                        if (uint128(fees1) > 0) protocolFees.token1 += uint128(fees1);
                                        feeGrowthGlobal1X128 += FullMath.mulDiv(paid1 - fees1, FixedPoint128.Q128, _liquidity);
                                    }
                                    emit Flash(msg.sender, recipient, amount0, amount1, paid0, paid1);
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions
                                function setFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0, uint8 feeProtocol1) external override lock onlyFactoryOwner {
                                    require(
                                        (feeProtocol0 == 0 || (feeProtocol0 >= 4 && feeProtocol0 <= 10)) &&
                                            (feeProtocol1 == 0 || (feeProtocol1 >= 4 && feeProtocol1 <= 10))
                                    );
                                    uint8 feeProtocolOld = slot0.feeProtocol;
                                    slot0.feeProtocol = feeProtocol0 + (feeProtocol1 << 4);
                                    emit SetFeeProtocol(feeProtocolOld % 16, feeProtocolOld >> 4, feeProtocol0, feeProtocol1);
                                }
                                /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions
                                function collectProtocol(
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint128 amount0Requested,
                                    uint128 amount1Requested
                                ) external override lock onlyFactoryOwner returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1) {
                                    amount0 = amount0Requested > protocolFees.token0 ? protocolFees.token0 : amount0Requested;
                                    amount1 = amount1Requested > protocolFees.token1 ? protocolFees.token1 : amount1Requested;
                                    if (amount0 > 0) {
                                        if (amount0 == protocolFees.token0) amount0--; // ensure that the slot is not cleared, for gas savings
                                        protocolFees.token0 -= amount0;
                                        TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, amount0);
                                    }
                                    if (amount1 > 0) {
                                        if (amount1 == protocolFees.token1) amount1--; // ensure that the slot is not cleared, for gas savings
                                        protocolFees.token1 -= amount1;
                                        TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, amount1);
                                    }
                                    emit CollectProtocol(msg.sender, recipient, amount0, amount1);
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolImmutables.sol';
                            import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolState.sol';
                            import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState.sol';
                            import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolActions.sol';
                            import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions.sol';
                            import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolEvents.sol';
                            /// @title The interface for a Uniswap V3 Pool
                            /// @notice A Uniswap pool facilitates swapping and automated market making between any two assets that strictly conform
                            /// to the ERC20 specification
                            /// @dev The pool interface is broken up into many smaller pieces
                            interface IUniswapV3Pool is
                                IUniswapV3PoolImmutables,
                                IUniswapV3PoolState,
                                IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState,
                                IUniswapV3PoolActions,
                                IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions,
                                IUniswapV3PoolEvents
                            {
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                            pragma solidity =0.7.6;
                            /// @title Prevents delegatecall to a contract
                            /// @notice Base contract that provides a modifier for preventing delegatecall to methods in a child contract
                            abstract contract NoDelegateCall {
                                /// @dev The original address of this contract
                                address private immutable original;
                                constructor() {
                                    // Immutables are computed in the init code of the contract, and then inlined into the deployed bytecode.
                                    // In other words, this variable won't change when it's checked at runtime.
                                    original = address(this);
                                }
                                /// @dev Private method is used instead of inlining into modifier because modifiers are copied into each method,
                                ///     and the use of immutable means the address bytes are copied in every place the modifier is used.
                                function checkNotDelegateCall() private view {
                                    require(address(this) == original);
                                }
                                /// @notice Prevents delegatecall into the modified method
                                modifier noDelegateCall() {
                                    checkNotDelegateCall();
                                    _;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.7.0;
                            /// @title Optimized overflow and underflow safe math operations
                            /// @notice Contains methods for doing math operations that revert on overflow or underflow for minimal gas cost
                            library LowGasSafeMath {
                                /// @notice Returns x + y, reverts if sum overflows uint256
                                /// @param x The augend
                                /// @param y The addend
                                /// @return z The sum of x and y
                                function add(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
                                    require((z = x + y) >= x);
                                }
                                /// @notice Returns x - y, reverts if underflows
                                /// @param x The minuend
                                /// @param y The subtrahend
                                /// @return z The difference of x and y
                                function sub(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
                                    require((z = x - y) <= x);
                                }
                                /// @notice Returns x * y, reverts if overflows
                                /// @param x The multiplicand
                                /// @param y The multiplier
                                /// @return z The product of x and y
                                function mul(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
                                    require(x == 0 || (z = x * y) / x == y);
                                }
                                /// @notice Returns x + y, reverts if overflows or underflows
                                /// @param x The augend
                                /// @param y The addend
                                /// @return z The sum of x and y
                                function add(int256 x, int256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
                                    require((z = x + y) >= x == (y >= 0));
                                }
                                /// @notice Returns x - y, reverts if overflows or underflows
                                /// @param x The minuend
                                /// @param y The subtrahend
                                /// @return z The difference of x and y
                                function sub(int256 x, int256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
                                    require((z = x - y) <= x == (y >= 0));
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Safe casting methods
                            /// @notice Contains methods for safely casting between types
                            library SafeCast {
                                /// @notice Cast a uint256 to a uint160, revert on overflow
                                /// @param y The uint256 to be downcasted
                                /// @return z The downcasted integer, now type uint160
                                function toUint160(uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint160 z) {
                                    require((z = uint160(y)) == y);
                                }
                                /// @notice Cast a int256 to a int128, revert on overflow or underflow
                                /// @param y The int256 to be downcasted
                                /// @return z The downcasted integer, now type int128
                                function toInt128(int256 y) internal pure returns (int128 z) {
                                    require((z = int128(y)) == y);
                                }
                                /// @notice Cast a uint256 to a int256, revert on overflow
                                /// @param y The uint256 to be casted
                                /// @return z The casted integer, now type int256
                                function toInt256(uint256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
                                    require(y < 2**255);
                                    z = int256(y);
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            import './LowGasSafeMath.sol';
                            import './SafeCast.sol';
                            import './TickMath.sol';
                            import './LiquidityMath.sol';
                            /// @title Tick
                            /// @notice Contains functions for managing tick processes and relevant calculations
                            library Tick {
                                using LowGasSafeMath for int256;
                                using SafeCast for int256;
                                // info stored for each initialized individual tick
                                struct Info {
                                    // the total position liquidity that references this tick
                                    uint128 liquidityGross;
                                    // amount of net liquidity added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left),
                                    int128 liquidityNet;
                                    // fee growth per unit of liquidity on the _other_ side of this tick (relative to the current tick)
                                    // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
                                    uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                    uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                                    // the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick
                                    int56 tickCumulativeOutside;
                                    // the seconds per unit of liquidity on the _other_ side of this tick (relative to the current tick)
                                    // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
                                    uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128;
                                    // the seconds spent on the other side of the tick (relative to the current tick)
                                    // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
                                    uint32 secondsOutside;
                                    // true iff the tick is initialized, i.e. the value is exactly equivalent to the expression liquidityGross != 0
                                    // these 8 bits are set to prevent fresh sstores when crossing newly initialized ticks
                                    bool initialized;
                                }
                                /// @notice Derives max liquidity per tick from given tick spacing
                                /// @dev Executed within the pool constructor
                                /// @param tickSpacing The amount of required tick separation, realized in multiples of `tickSpacing`
                                ///     e.g., a tickSpacing of 3 requires ticks to be initialized every 3rd tick i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
                                /// @return The max liquidity per tick
                                function tickSpacingToMaxLiquidityPerTick(int24 tickSpacing) internal pure returns (uint128) {
                                    int24 minTick = (TickMath.MIN_TICK / tickSpacing) * tickSpacing;
                                    int24 maxTick = (TickMath.MAX_TICK / tickSpacing) * tickSpacing;
                                    uint24 numTicks = uint24((maxTick - minTick) / tickSpacing) + 1;
                                    return type(uint128).max / numTicks;
                                }
                                /// @notice Retrieves fee growth data
                                /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
                                /// @param tickLower The lower tick boundary of the position
                                /// @param tickUpper The upper tick boundary of the position
                                /// @param tickCurrent The current tick
                                /// @param feeGrowthGlobal0X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
                                /// @param feeGrowthGlobal1X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token1
                                /// @return feeGrowthInside0X128 The all-time fee growth in token0, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
                                /// @return feeGrowthInside1X128 The all-time fee growth in token1, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
                                function getFeeGrowthInside(
                                    mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self,
                                    int24 tickLower,
                                    int24 tickUpper,
                                    int24 tickCurrent,
                                    uint256 feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                                    uint256 feeGrowthGlobal1X128
                                ) internal view returns (uint256 feeGrowthInside0X128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1X128) {
                                    Info storage lower = self[tickLower];
                                    Info storage upper = self[tickUpper];
                                    // calculate fee growth below
                                    uint256 feeGrowthBelow0X128;
                                    uint256 feeGrowthBelow1X128;
                                    if (tickCurrent >= tickLower) {
                                        feeGrowthBelow0X128 = lower.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                        feeGrowthBelow1X128 = lower.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                                    } else {
                                        feeGrowthBelow0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - lower.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                        feeGrowthBelow1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - lower.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                                    }
                                    // calculate fee growth above
                                    uint256 feeGrowthAbove0X128;
                                    uint256 feeGrowthAbove1X128;
                                    if (tickCurrent < tickUpper) {
                                        feeGrowthAbove0X128 = upper.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                        feeGrowthAbove1X128 = upper.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                                    } else {
                                        feeGrowthAbove0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - upper.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                        feeGrowthAbove1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - upper.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                                    }
                                    feeGrowthInside0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - feeGrowthBelow0X128 - feeGrowthAbove0X128;
                                    feeGrowthInside1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - feeGrowthBelow1X128 - feeGrowthAbove1X128;
                                }
                                /// @notice Updates a tick and returns true if the tick was flipped from initialized to uninitialized, or vice versa
                                /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
                                /// @param tick The tick that will be updated
                                /// @param tickCurrent The current tick
                                /// @param liquidityDelta A new amount of liquidity to be added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left)
                                /// @param feeGrowthGlobal0X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
                                /// @param feeGrowthGlobal1X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token1
                                /// @param secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 The all-time seconds per max(1, liquidity) of the pool
                                /// @param time The current block timestamp cast to a uint32
                                /// @param upper true for updating a position's upper tick, or false for updating a position's lower tick
                                /// @param maxLiquidity The maximum liquidity allocation for a single tick
                                /// @return flipped Whether the tick was flipped from initialized to uninitialized, or vice versa
                                function update(
                                    mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self,
                                    int24 tick,
                                    int24 tickCurrent,
                                    int128 liquidityDelta,
                                    uint256 feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                                    uint256 feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                                    uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                    int56 tickCumulative,
                                    uint32 time,
                                    bool upper,
                                    uint128 maxLiquidity
                                ) internal returns (bool flipped) {
                                    Tick.Info storage info = self[tick];
                                    uint128 liquidityGrossBefore = info.liquidityGross;
                                    uint128 liquidityGrossAfter = LiquidityMath.addDelta(liquidityGrossBefore, liquidityDelta);
                                    require(liquidityGrossAfter <= maxLiquidity, 'LO');
                                    flipped = (liquidityGrossAfter == 0) != (liquidityGrossBefore == 0);
                                    if (liquidityGrossBefore == 0) {
                                        // by convention, we assume that all growth before a tick was initialized happened _below_ the tick
                                        if (tick <= tickCurrent) {
                                            info.feeGrowthOutside0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128;
                                            info.feeGrowthOutside1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128;
                                            info.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 = secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128;
                                            info.tickCumulativeOutside = tickCumulative;
                                            info.secondsOutside = time;
                                        }
                                        info.initialized = true;
                                    }
                                    info.liquidityGross = liquidityGrossAfter;
                                    // when the lower (upper) tick is crossed left to right (right to left), liquidity must be added (removed)
                                    info.liquidityNet = upper
                                        ? int256(info.liquidityNet).sub(liquidityDelta).toInt128()
                                        : int256(info.liquidityNet).add(liquidityDelta).toInt128();
                                }
                                /// @notice Clears tick data
                                /// @param self The mapping containing all initialized tick information for initialized ticks
                                /// @param tick The tick that will be cleared
                                function clear(mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self, int24 tick) internal {
                                    delete self[tick];
                                }
                                /// @notice Transitions to next tick as needed by price movement
                                /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
                                /// @param tick The destination tick of the transition
                                /// @param feeGrowthGlobal0X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
                                /// @param feeGrowthGlobal1X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token1
                                /// @param secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 The current seconds per liquidity
                                /// @param time The current block.timestamp
                                /// @return liquidityNet The amount of liquidity added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left)
                                function cross(
                                    mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self,
                                    int24 tick,
                                    uint256 feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                                    uint256 feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                                    uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                    int56 tickCumulative,
                                    uint32 time
                                ) internal returns (int128 liquidityNet) {
                                    Tick.Info storage info = self[tick];
                                    info.feeGrowthOutside0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - info.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
                                    info.feeGrowthOutside1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - info.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
                                    info.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 = secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 - info.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128;
                                    info.tickCumulativeOutside = tickCumulative - info.tickCumulativeOutside;
                                    info.secondsOutside = time - info.secondsOutside;
                                    liquidityNet = info.liquidityNet;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            import './BitMath.sol';
                            /// @title Packed tick initialized state library
                            /// @notice Stores a packed mapping of tick index to its initialized state
                            /// @dev The mapping uses int16 for keys since ticks are represented as int24 and there are 256 (2^8) values per word.
                            library TickBitmap {
                                /// @notice Computes the position in the mapping where the initialized bit for a tick lives
                                /// @param tick The tick for which to compute the position
                                /// @return wordPos The key in the mapping containing the word in which the bit is stored
                                /// @return bitPos The bit position in the word where the flag is stored
                                function position(int24 tick) private pure returns (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) {
                                    wordPos = int16(tick >> 8);
                                    bitPos = uint8(tick % 256);
                                }
                                /// @notice Flips the initialized state for a given tick from false to true, or vice versa
                                /// @param self The mapping in which to flip the tick
                                /// @param tick The tick to flip
                                /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between usable ticks
                                function flipTick(
                                    mapping(int16 => uint256) storage self,
                                    int24 tick,
                                    int24 tickSpacing
                                ) internal {
                                    require(tick % tickSpacing == 0); // ensure that the tick is spaced
                                    (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) = position(tick / tickSpacing);
                                    uint256 mask = 1 << bitPos;
                                    self[wordPos] ^= mask;
                                }
                                /// @notice Returns the next initialized tick contained in the same word (or adjacent word) as the tick that is either
                                /// to the left (less than or equal to) or right (greater than) of the given tick
                                /// @param self The mapping in which to compute the next initialized tick
                                /// @param tick The starting tick
                                /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between usable ticks
                                /// @param lte Whether to search for the next initialized tick to the left (less than or equal to the starting tick)
                                /// @return next The next initialized or uninitialized tick up to 256 ticks away from the current tick
                                /// @return initialized Whether the next tick is initialized, as the function only searches within up to 256 ticks
                                function nextInitializedTickWithinOneWord(
                                    mapping(int16 => uint256) storage self,
                                    int24 tick,
                                    int24 tickSpacing,
                                    bool lte
                                ) internal view returns (int24 next, bool initialized) {
                                    int24 compressed = tick / tickSpacing;
                                    if (tick < 0 && tick % tickSpacing != 0) compressed--; // round towards negative infinity
                                    if (lte) {
                                        (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) = position(compressed);
                                        // all the 1s at or to the right of the current bitPos
                                        uint256 mask = (1 << bitPos) - 1 + (1 << bitPos);
                                        uint256 masked = self[wordPos] & mask;
                                        // if there are no initialized ticks to the right of or at the current tick, return rightmost in the word
                                        initialized = masked != 0;
                                        // overflow/underflow is possible, but prevented externally by limiting both tickSpacing and tick
                                        next = initialized
                                            ? (compressed - int24(bitPos - BitMath.mostSignificantBit(masked))) * tickSpacing
                                            : (compressed - int24(bitPos)) * tickSpacing;
                                    } else {
                                        // start from the word of the next tick, since the current tick state doesn't matter
                                        (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) = position(compressed + 1);
                                        // all the 1s at or to the left of the bitPos
                                        uint256 mask = ~((1 << bitPos) - 1);
                                        uint256 masked = self[wordPos] & mask;
                                        // if there are no initialized ticks to the left of the current tick, return leftmost in the word
                                        initialized = masked != 0;
                                        // overflow/underflow is possible, but prevented externally by limiting both tickSpacing and tick
                                        next = initialized
                                            ? (compressed + 1 + int24(BitMath.leastSignificantBit(masked) - bitPos)) * tickSpacing
                                            : (compressed + 1 + int24(type(uint8).max - bitPos)) * tickSpacing;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            import './FullMath.sol';
                            import './FixedPoint128.sol';
                            import './LiquidityMath.sol';
                            /// @title Position
                            /// @notice Positions represent an owner address' liquidity between a lower and upper tick boundary
                            /// @dev Positions store additional state for tracking fees owed to the position
                            library Position {
                                // info stored for each user's position
                                struct Info {
                                    // the amount of liquidity owned by this position
                                    uint128 liquidity;
                                    // fee growth per unit of liquidity as of the last update to liquidity or fees owed
                                    uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
                                    uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
                                    // the fees owed to the position owner in token0/token1
                                    uint128 tokensOwed0;
                                    uint128 tokensOwed1;
                                }
                                /// @notice Returns the Info struct of a position, given an owner and position boundaries
                                /// @param self The mapping containing all user positions
                                /// @param owner The address of the position owner
                                /// @param tickLower The lower tick boundary of the position
                                /// @param tickUpper The upper tick boundary of the position
                                /// @return position The position info struct of the given owners' position
                                function get(
                                    mapping(bytes32 => Info) storage self,
                                    address owner,
                                    int24 tickLower,
                                    int24 tickUpper
                                ) internal view returns (Position.Info storage position) {
                                    position = self[keccak256(abi.encodePacked(owner, tickLower, tickUpper))];
                                }
                                /// @notice Credits accumulated fees to a user's position
                                /// @param self The individual position to update
                                /// @param liquidityDelta The change in pool liquidity as a result of the position update
                                /// @param feeGrowthInside0X128 The all-time fee growth in token0, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
                                /// @param feeGrowthInside1X128 The all-time fee growth in token1, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
                                function update(
                                    Info storage self,
                                    int128 liquidityDelta,
                                    uint256 feeGrowthInside0X128,
                                    uint256 feeGrowthInside1X128
                                ) internal {
                                    Info memory _self = self;
                                    uint128 liquidityNext;
                                    if (liquidityDelta == 0) {
                                        require(_self.liquidity > 0, 'NP'); // disallow pokes for 0 liquidity positions
                                        liquidityNext = _self.liquidity;
                                    } else {
                                        liquidityNext = LiquidityMath.addDelta(_self.liquidity, liquidityDelta);
                                    }
                                    // calculate accumulated fees
                                    uint128 tokensOwed0 =
                                        uint128(
                                            FullMath.mulDiv(
                                                feeGrowthInside0X128 - _self.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                                                _self.liquidity,
                                                FixedPoint128.Q128
                                            )
                                        );
                                    uint128 tokensOwed1 =
                                        uint128(
                                            FullMath.mulDiv(
                                                feeGrowthInside1X128 - _self.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                                                _self.liquidity,
                                                FixedPoint128.Q128
                                            )
                                        );
                                    // update the position
                                    if (liquidityDelta != 0) self.liquidity = liquidityNext;
                                    self.feeGrowthInside0LastX128 = feeGrowthInside0X128;
                                    self.feeGrowthInside1LastX128 = feeGrowthInside1X128;
                                    if (tokensOwed0 > 0 || tokensOwed1 > 0) {
                                        // overflow is acceptable, have to withdraw before you hit type(uint128).max fees
                                        self.tokensOwed0 += tokensOwed0;
                                        self.tokensOwed1 += tokensOwed1;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Oracle
                            /// @notice Provides price and liquidity data useful for a wide variety of system designs
                            /// @dev Instances of stored oracle data, "observations", are collected in the oracle array
                            /// Every pool is initialized with an oracle array length of 1. Anyone can pay the SSTOREs to increase the
                            /// maximum length of the oracle array. New slots will be added when the array is fully populated.
                            /// Observations are overwritten when the full length of the oracle array is populated.
                            /// The most recent observation is available, independent of the length of the oracle array, by passing 0 to observe()
                            library Oracle {
                                struct Observation {
                                    // the block timestamp of the observation
                                    uint32 blockTimestamp;
                                    // the tick accumulator, i.e. tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized
                                    int56 tickCumulative;
                                    // the seconds per liquidity, i.e. seconds elapsed / max(1, liquidity) since the pool was first initialized
                                    uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128;
                                    // whether or not the observation is initialized
                                    bool initialized;
                                }
                                /// @notice Transforms a previous observation into a new observation, given the passage of time and the current tick and liquidity values
                                /// @dev blockTimestamp _must_ be chronologically equal to or greater than last.blockTimestamp, safe for 0 or 1 overflows
                                /// @param last The specified observation to be transformed
                                /// @param blockTimestamp The timestamp of the new observation
                                /// @param tick The active tick at the time of the new observation
                                /// @param liquidity The total in-range liquidity at the time of the new observation
                                /// @return Observation The newly populated observation
                                function transform(
                                    Observation memory last,
                                    uint32 blockTimestamp,
                                    int24 tick,
                                    uint128 liquidity
                                ) private pure returns (Observation memory) {
                                    uint32 delta = blockTimestamp - last.blockTimestamp;
                                    return
                                        Observation({
                                            blockTimestamp: blockTimestamp,
                                            tickCumulative: last.tickCumulative + int56(tick) * delta,
                                            secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128: last.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 +
                                                ((uint160(delta) << 128) / (liquidity > 0 ? liquidity : 1)),
                                            initialized: true
                                        });
                                }
                                /// @notice Initialize the oracle array by writing the first slot. Called once for the lifecycle of the observations array
                                /// @param self The stored oracle array
                                /// @param time The time of the oracle initialization, via block.timestamp truncated to uint32
                                /// @return cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                                /// @return cardinalityNext The new length of the oracle array, independent of population
                                function initialize(Observation[65535] storage self, uint32 time)
                                    internal
                                    returns (uint16 cardinality, uint16 cardinalityNext)
                                {
                                    self[0] = Observation({
                                        blockTimestamp: time,
                                        tickCumulative: 0,
                                        secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128: 0,
                                        initialized: true
                                    });
                                    return (1, 1);
                                }
                                /// @notice Writes an oracle observation to the array
                                /// @dev Writable at most once per block. Index represents the most recently written element. cardinality and index must be tracked externally.
                                /// If the index is at the end of the allowable array length (according to cardinality), and the next cardinality
                                /// is greater than the current one, cardinality may be increased. This restriction is created to preserve ordering.
                                /// @param self The stored oracle array
                                /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                                /// @param blockTimestamp The timestamp of the new observation
                                /// @param tick The active tick at the time of the new observation
                                /// @param liquidity The total in-range liquidity at the time of the new observation
                                /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                                /// @param cardinalityNext The new length of the oracle array, independent of population
                                /// @return indexUpdated The new index of the most recently written element in the oracle array
                                /// @return cardinalityUpdated The new cardinality of the oracle array
                                function write(
                                    Observation[65535] storage self,
                                    uint16 index,
                                    uint32 blockTimestamp,
                                    int24 tick,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    uint16 cardinality,
                                    uint16 cardinalityNext
                                ) internal returns (uint16 indexUpdated, uint16 cardinalityUpdated) {
                                    Observation memory last = self[index];
                                    // early return if we've already written an observation this block
                                    if (last.blockTimestamp == blockTimestamp) return (index, cardinality);
                                    // if the conditions are right, we can bump the cardinality
                                    if (cardinalityNext > cardinality && index == (cardinality - 1)) {
                                        cardinalityUpdated = cardinalityNext;
                                    } else {
                                        cardinalityUpdated = cardinality;
                                    }
                                    indexUpdated = (index + 1) % cardinalityUpdated;
                                    self[indexUpdated] = transform(last, blockTimestamp, tick, liquidity);
                                }
                                /// @notice Prepares the oracle array to store up to `next` observations
                                /// @param self The stored oracle array
                                /// @param current The current next cardinality of the oracle array
                                /// @param next The proposed next cardinality which will be populated in the oracle array
                                /// @return next The next cardinality which will be populated in the oracle array
                                function grow(
                                    Observation[65535] storage self,
                                    uint16 current,
                                    uint16 next
                                ) internal returns (uint16) {
                                    require(current > 0, 'I');
                                    // no-op if the passed next value isn't greater than the current next value
                                    if (next <= current) return current;
                                    // store in each slot to prevent fresh SSTOREs in swaps
                                    // this data will not be used because the initialized boolean is still false
                                    for (uint16 i = current; i < next; i++) self[i].blockTimestamp = 1;
                                    return next;
                                }
                                /// @notice comparator for 32-bit timestamps
                                /// @dev safe for 0 or 1 overflows, a and b _must_ be chronologically before or equal to time
                                /// @param time A timestamp truncated to 32 bits
                                /// @param a A comparison timestamp from which to determine the relative position of `time`
                                /// @param b From which to determine the relative position of `time`
                                /// @return bool Whether `a` is chronologically <= `b`
                                function lte(
                                    uint32 time,
                                    uint32 a,
                                    uint32 b
                                ) private pure returns (bool) {
                                    // if there hasn't been overflow, no need to adjust
                                    if (a <= time && b <= time) return a <= b;
                                    uint256 aAdjusted = a > time ? a : a + 2**32;
                                    uint256 bAdjusted = b > time ? b : b + 2**32;
                                    return aAdjusted <= bAdjusted;
                                }
                                /// @notice Fetches the observations beforeOrAt and atOrAfter a target, i.e. where [beforeOrAt, atOrAfter] is satisfied.
                                /// The result may be the same observation, or adjacent observations.
                                /// @dev The answer must be contained in the array, used when the target is located within the stored observation
                                /// boundaries: older than the most recent observation and younger, or the same age as, the oldest observation
                                /// @param self The stored oracle array
                                /// @param time The current block.timestamp
                                /// @param target The timestamp at which the reserved observation should be for
                                /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                                /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                                /// @return beforeOrAt The observation recorded before, or at, the target
                                /// @return atOrAfter The observation recorded at, or after, the target
                                function binarySearch(
                                    Observation[65535] storage self,
                                    uint32 time,
                                    uint32 target,
                                    uint16 index,
                                    uint16 cardinality
                                ) private view returns (Observation memory beforeOrAt, Observation memory atOrAfter) {
                                    uint256 l = (index + 1) % cardinality; // oldest observation
                                    uint256 r = l + cardinality - 1; // newest observation
                                    uint256 i;
                                    while (true) {
                                        i = (l + r) / 2;
                                        beforeOrAt = self[i % cardinality];
                                        // we've landed on an uninitialized tick, keep searching higher (more recently)
                                        if (!beforeOrAt.initialized) {
                                            l = i + 1;
                                            continue;
                                        }
                                        atOrAfter = self[(i + 1) % cardinality];
                                        bool targetAtOrAfter = lte(time, beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp, target);
                                        // check if we've found the answer!
                                        if (targetAtOrAfter && lte(time, target, atOrAfter.blockTimestamp)) break;
                                        if (!targetAtOrAfter) r = i - 1;
                                        else l = i + 1;
                                    }
                                }
                                /// @notice Fetches the observations beforeOrAt and atOrAfter a given target, i.e. where [beforeOrAt, atOrAfter] is satisfied
                                /// @dev Assumes there is at least 1 initialized observation.
                                /// Used by observeSingle() to compute the counterfactual accumulator values as of a given block timestamp.
                                /// @param self The stored oracle array
                                /// @param time The current block.timestamp
                                /// @param target The timestamp at which the reserved observation should be for
                                /// @param tick The active tick at the time of the returned or simulated observation
                                /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                                /// @param liquidity The total pool liquidity at the time of the call
                                /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                                /// @return beforeOrAt The observation which occurred at, or before, the given timestamp
                                /// @return atOrAfter The observation which occurred at, or after, the given timestamp
                                function getSurroundingObservations(
                                    Observation[65535] storage self,
                                    uint32 time,
                                    uint32 target,
                                    int24 tick,
                                    uint16 index,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    uint16 cardinality
                                ) private view returns (Observation memory beforeOrAt, Observation memory atOrAfter) {
                                    // optimistically set before to the newest observation
                                    beforeOrAt = self[index];
                                    // if the target is chronologically at or after the newest observation, we can early return
                                    if (lte(time, beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp, target)) {
                                        if (beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp == target) {
                                            // if newest observation equals target, we're in the same block, so we can ignore atOrAfter
                                            return (beforeOrAt, atOrAfter);
                                        } else {
                                            // otherwise, we need to transform
                                            return (beforeOrAt, transform(beforeOrAt, target, tick, liquidity));
                                        }
                                    }
                                    // now, set before to the oldest observation
                                    beforeOrAt = self[(index + 1) % cardinality];
                                    if (!beforeOrAt.initialized) beforeOrAt = self[0];
                                    // ensure that the target is chronologically at or after the oldest observation
                                    require(lte(time, beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp, target), 'OLD');
                                    // if we've reached this point, we have to binary search
                                    return binarySearch(self, time, target, index, cardinality);
                                }
                                /// @dev Reverts if an observation at or before the desired observation timestamp does not exist.
                                /// 0 may be passed as `secondsAgo' to return the current cumulative values.
                                /// If called with a timestamp falling between two observations, returns the counterfactual accumulator values
                                /// at exactly the timestamp between the two observations.
                                /// @param self The stored oracle array
                                /// @param time The current block timestamp
                                /// @param secondsAgo The amount of time to look back, in seconds, at which point to return an observation
                                /// @param tick The current tick
                                /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                                /// @param liquidity The current in-range pool liquidity
                                /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                                /// @return tickCumulative The tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized, as of `secondsAgo`
                                /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 The time elapsed / max(1, liquidity) since the pool was first initialized, as of `secondsAgo`
                                function observeSingle(
                                    Observation[65535] storage self,
                                    uint32 time,
                                    uint32 secondsAgo,
                                    int24 tick,
                                    uint16 index,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    uint16 cardinality
                                ) internal view returns (int56 tickCumulative, uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) {
                                    if (secondsAgo == 0) {
                                        Observation memory last = self[index];
                                        if (last.blockTimestamp != time) last = transform(last, time, tick, liquidity);
                                        return (last.tickCumulative, last.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128);
                                    }
                                    uint32 target = time - secondsAgo;
                                    (Observation memory beforeOrAt, Observation memory atOrAfter) =
                                        getSurroundingObservations(self, time, target, tick, index, liquidity, cardinality);
                                    if (target == beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp) {
                                        // we're at the left boundary
                                        return (beforeOrAt.tickCumulative, beforeOrAt.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128);
                                    } else if (target == atOrAfter.blockTimestamp) {
                                        // we're at the right boundary
                                        return (atOrAfter.tickCumulative, atOrAfter.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128);
                                    } else {
                                        // we're in the middle
                                        uint32 observationTimeDelta = atOrAfter.blockTimestamp - beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp;
                                        uint32 targetDelta = target - beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp;
                                        return (
                                            beforeOrAt.tickCumulative +
                                                ((atOrAfter.tickCumulative - beforeOrAt.tickCumulative) / observationTimeDelta) *
                                                targetDelta,
                                            beforeOrAt.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 +
                                                uint160(
                                                    (uint256(
                                                        atOrAfter.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 - beforeOrAt.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128
                                                    ) * targetDelta) / observationTimeDelta
                                                )
                                        );
                                    }
                                }
                                /// @notice Returns the accumulator values as of each time seconds ago from the given time in the array of `secondsAgos`
                                /// @dev Reverts if `secondsAgos` > oldest observation
                                /// @param self The stored oracle array
                                /// @param time The current block.timestamp
                                /// @param secondsAgos Each amount of time to look back, in seconds, at which point to return an observation
                                /// @param tick The current tick
                                /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
                                /// @param liquidity The current in-range pool liquidity
                                /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
                                /// @return tickCumulatives The tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized, as of each `secondsAgo`
                                /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s The cumulative seconds / max(1, liquidity) since the pool was first initialized, as of each `secondsAgo`
                                function observe(
                                    Observation[65535] storage self,
                                    uint32 time,
                                    uint32[] memory secondsAgos,
                                    int24 tick,
                                    uint16 index,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    uint16 cardinality
                                ) internal view returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s) {
                                    require(cardinality > 0, 'I');
                                    tickCumulatives = new int56[](secondsAgos.length);
                                    secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s = new uint160[](secondsAgos.length);
                                    for (uint256 i = 0; i < secondsAgos.length; i++) {
                                        (tickCumulatives[i], secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s[i]) = observeSingle(
                                            self,
                                            time,
                                            secondsAgos[i],
                                            tick,
                                            index,
                                            liquidity,
                                            cardinality
                                        );
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
                            /// @title Contains 512-bit math functions
                            /// @notice Facilitates multiplication and division that can have overflow of an intermediate value without any loss of precision
                            /// @dev Handles "phantom overflow" i.e., allows multiplication and division where an intermediate value overflows 256 bits
                            library FullMath {
                                /// @notice Calculates floor(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
                                /// @param a The multiplicand
                                /// @param b The multiplier
                                /// @param denominator The divisor
                                /// @return result The 256-bit result
                                /// @dev Credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv
                                function mulDiv(
                                    uint256 a,
                                    uint256 b,
                                    uint256 denominator
                                ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
                                    // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = a * b
                                    // Compute the product mod 2**256 and mod 2**256 - 1
                                    // then use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct
                                    // the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
                                    // variables such that product = prod1 * 2**256 + prod0
                                    uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
                                    uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
                                    assembly {
                                        let mm := mulmod(a, b, not(0))
                                        prod0 := mul(a, b)
                                        prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
                                    }
                                    // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division
                                    if (prod1 == 0) {
                                        require(denominator > 0);
                                        assembly {
                                            result := div(prod0, denominator)
                                        }
                                        return result;
                                    }
                                    // Make sure the result is less than 2**256.
                                    // Also prevents denominator == 0
                                    require(denominator > prod1);
                                    ///////////////////////////////////////////////
                                    // 512 by 256 division.
                                    ///////////////////////////////////////////////
                                    // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0]
                                    // Compute remainder using mulmod
                                    uint256 remainder;
                                    assembly {
                                        remainder := mulmod(a, b, denominator)
                                    }
                                    // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number
                                    assembly {
                                        prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                                        prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
                                    }
                                    // Factor powers of two out of denominator
                                    // Compute largest power of two divisor of denominator.
                                    // Always >= 1.
                                    uint256 twos = -denominator & denominator;
                                    // Divide denominator by power of two
                                    assembly {
                                        denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                                    }
                                    // Divide [prod1 prod0] by the factors of two
                                    assembly {
                                        prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                                    }
                                    // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0. For this we need
                                    // to flip `twos` such that it is 2**256 / twos.
                                    // If twos is zero, then it becomes one
                                    assembly {
                                        twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
                                    }
                                    prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
                                    // Invert denominator mod 2**256
                                    // Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse
                                    // modulo 2**256 such that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**256.
                                    // Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct
                                    // correct for four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**4
                                    uint256 inv = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
                                    // Now use Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision.
                                    // Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works in modular
                                    // arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
                                    inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**8
                                    inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**16
                                    inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**32
                                    inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**64
                                    inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**128
                                    inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**256
                                    // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying
                                    // with the modular inverse of denominator. This will give us the
                                    // correct result modulo 2**256. Since the precoditions guarantee
                                    // that the outcome is less than 2**256, this is the final result.
                                    // We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
                                    // is no longer required.
                                    result = prod0 * inv;
                                    return result;
                                }
                                /// @notice Calculates ceil(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
                                /// @param a The multiplicand
                                /// @param b The multiplier
                                /// @param denominator The divisor
                                /// @return result The 256-bit result
                                function mulDivRoundingUp(
                                    uint256 a,
                                    uint256 b,
                                    uint256 denominator
                                ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
                                    result = mulDiv(a, b, denominator);
                                    if (mulmod(a, b, denominator) > 0) {
                                        require(result < type(uint256).max);
                                        result++;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
                            /// @title FixedPoint128
                            /// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
                            library FixedPoint128 {
                                uint256 internal constant Q128 = 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.6.0;
                            import '../interfaces/IERC20Minimal.sol';
                            /// @title TransferHelper
                            /// @notice Contains helper methods for interacting with ERC20 tokens that do not consistently return true/false
                            library TransferHelper {
                                /// @notice Transfers tokens from msg.sender to a recipient
                                /// @dev Calls transfer on token contract, errors with TF if transfer fails
                                /// @param token The contract address of the token which will be transferred
                                /// @param to The recipient of the transfer
                                /// @param value The value of the transfer
                                function safeTransfer(
                                    address token,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal {
                                    (bool success, bytes memory data) =
                                        token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20Minimal.transfer.selector, to, value));
                                    require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'TF');
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Math library for computing sqrt prices from ticks and vice versa
                            /// @notice Computes sqrt price for ticks of size 1.0001, i.e. sqrt(1.0001^tick) as fixed point Q64.96 numbers. Supports
                            /// prices between 2**-128 and 2**128
                            library TickMath {
                                /// @dev The minimum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**-128
                                int24 internal constant MIN_TICK = -887272;
                                /// @dev The maximum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**128
                                int24 internal constant MAX_TICK = -MIN_TICK;
                                /// @dev The minimum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MIN_TICK)
                                uint160 internal constant MIN_SQRT_RATIO = 4295128739;
                                /// @dev The maximum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MAX_TICK)
                                uint160 internal constant MAX_SQRT_RATIO = 1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970342;
                                /// @notice Calculates sqrt(1.0001^tick) * 2^96
                                /// @dev Throws if |tick| > max tick
                                /// @param tick The input tick for the above formula
                                /// @return sqrtPriceX96 A Fixed point Q64.96 number representing the sqrt of the ratio of the two assets (token1/token0)
                                /// at the given tick
                                function getSqrtRatioAtTick(int24 tick) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtPriceX96) {
                                    uint256 absTick = tick < 0 ? uint256(-int256(tick)) : uint256(int256(tick));
                                    require(absTick <= uint256(MAX_TICK), 'T');
                                    uint256 ratio = absTick & 0x1 != 0 ? 0xfffcb933bd6fad37aa2d162d1a594001 : 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
                                    if (absTick & 0x2 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff97272373d413259a46990580e213a) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x4 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff2e50f5f656932ef12357cf3c7fdcc) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x8 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffe5caca7e10e4e61c3624eaa0941cd0) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x10 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffcb9843d60f6159c9db58835c926644) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x20 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff973b41fa98c081472e6896dfb254c0) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x40 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff2ea16466c96a3843ec78b326b52861) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x80 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfe5dee046a99a2a811c461f1969c3053) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x100 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfcbe86c7900a88aedcffc83b479aa3a4) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x200 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf987a7253ac413176f2b074cf7815e54) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x400 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf3392b0822b70005940c7a398e4b70f3) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x800 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xe7159475a2c29b7443b29c7fa6e889d9) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x1000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xd097f3bdfd2022b8845ad8f792aa5825) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x2000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xa9f746462d870fdf8a65dc1f90e061e5) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x4000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x70d869a156d2a1b890bb3df62baf32f7) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x8000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x31be135f97d08fd981231505542fcfa6) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x10000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x9aa508b5b7a84e1c677de54f3e99bc9) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x20000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x5d6af8dedb81196699c329225ee604) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x40000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x2216e584f5fa1ea926041bedfe98) >> 128;
                                    if (absTick & 0x80000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x48a170391f7dc42444e8fa2) >> 128;
                                    if (tick > 0) ratio = type(uint256).max / ratio;
                                    // this divides by 1<<32 rounding up to go from a Q128.128 to a Q128.96.
                                    // we then downcast because we know the result always fits within 160 bits due to our tick input constraint
                                    // we round up in the division so getTickAtSqrtRatio of the output price is always consistent
                                    sqrtPriceX96 = uint160((ratio >> 32) + (ratio % (1 << 32) == 0 ? 0 : 1));
                                }
                                /// @notice Calculates the greatest tick value such that getRatioAtTick(tick) <= ratio
                                /// @dev Throws in case sqrtPriceX96 < MIN_SQRT_RATIO, as MIN_SQRT_RATIO is the lowest value getRatioAtTick may
                                /// ever return.
                                /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt ratio for which to compute the tick as a Q64.96
                                /// @return tick The greatest tick for which the ratio is less than or equal to the input ratio
                                function getTickAtSqrtRatio(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) internal pure returns (int24 tick) {
                                    // second inequality must be < because the price can never reach the price at the max tick
                                    require(sqrtPriceX96 >= MIN_SQRT_RATIO && sqrtPriceX96 < MAX_SQRT_RATIO, 'R');
                                    uint256 ratio = uint256(sqrtPriceX96) << 32;
                                    uint256 r = ratio;
                                    uint256 msb = 0;
                                    assembly {
                                        let f := shl(7, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
                                        msb := or(msb, f)
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        let f := shl(6, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
                                        msb := or(msb, f)
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        let f := shl(5, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFF))
                                        msb := or(msb, f)
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        let f := shl(4, gt(r, 0xFFFF))
                                        msb := or(msb, f)
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        let f := shl(3, gt(r, 0xFF))
                                        msb := or(msb, f)
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        let f := shl(2, gt(r, 0xF))
                                        msb := or(msb, f)
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        let f := shl(1, gt(r, 0x3))
                                        msb := or(msb, f)
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        let f := gt(r, 0x1)
                                        msb := or(msb, f)
                                    }
                                    if (msb >= 128) r = ratio >> (msb - 127);
                                    else r = ratio << (127 - msb);
                                    int256 log_2 = (int256(msb) - 128) << 64;
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(63, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(62, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(61, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(60, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(59, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(58, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(57, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(56, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(55, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(54, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(53, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(52, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(51, f))
                                        r := shr(f, r)
                                    }
                                    assembly {
                                        r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
                                        let f := shr(128, r)
                                        log_2 := or(log_2, shl(50, f))
                                    }
                                    int256 log_sqrt10001 = log_2 * 255738958999603826347141; // 128.128 number
                                    int24 tickLow = int24((log_sqrt10001 - 3402992956809132418596140100660247210) >> 128);
                                    int24 tickHi = int24((log_sqrt10001 + 291339464771989622907027621153398088495) >> 128);
                                    tick = tickLow == tickHi ? tickLow : getSqrtRatioAtTick(tickHi) <= sqrtPriceX96 ? tickHi : tickLow;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Math library for liquidity
                            library LiquidityMath {
                                /// @notice Add a signed liquidity delta to liquidity and revert if it overflows or underflows
                                /// @param x The liquidity before change
                                /// @param y The delta by which liquidity should be changed
                                /// @return z The liquidity delta
                                function addDelta(uint128 x, int128 y) internal pure returns (uint128 z) {
                                    if (y < 0) {
                                        require((z = x - uint128(-y)) < x, 'LS');
                                    } else {
                                        require((z = x + uint128(y)) >= x, 'LA');
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            import './LowGasSafeMath.sol';
                            import './SafeCast.sol';
                            import './FullMath.sol';
                            import './UnsafeMath.sol';
                            import './FixedPoint96.sol';
                            /// @title Functions based on Q64.96 sqrt price and liquidity
                            /// @notice Contains the math that uses square root of price as a Q64.96 and liquidity to compute deltas
                            library SqrtPriceMath {
                                using LowGasSafeMath for uint256;
                                using SafeCast for uint256;
                                /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given a delta of token0
                                /// @dev Always rounds up, because in the exact output case (increasing price) we need to move the price at least
                                /// far enough to get the desired output amount, and in the exact input case (decreasing price) we need to move the
                                /// price less in order to not send too much output.
                                /// The most precise formula for this is liquidity * sqrtPX96 / (liquidity +- amount * sqrtPX96),
                                /// if this is impossible because of overflow, we calculate liquidity / (liquidity / sqrtPX96 +- amount).
                                /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price, i.e. before accounting for the token0 delta
                                /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                                /// @param amount How much of token0 to add or remove from virtual reserves
                                /// @param add Whether to add or remove the amount of token0
                                /// @return The price after adding or removing amount, depending on add
                                function getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount0RoundingUp(
                                    uint160 sqrtPX96,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bool add
                                ) internal pure returns (uint160) {
                                    // we short circuit amount == 0 because the result is otherwise not guaranteed to equal the input price
                                    if (amount == 0) return sqrtPX96;
                                    uint256 numerator1 = uint256(liquidity) << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION;
                                    if (add) {
                                        uint256 product;
                                        if ((product = amount * sqrtPX96) / amount == sqrtPX96) {
                                            uint256 denominator = numerator1 + product;
                                            if (denominator >= numerator1)
                                                // always fits in 160 bits
                                                return uint160(FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(numerator1, sqrtPX96, denominator));
                                        }
                                        return uint160(UnsafeMath.divRoundingUp(numerator1, (numerator1 / sqrtPX96).add(amount)));
                                    } else {
                                        uint256 product;
                                        // if the product overflows, we know the denominator underflows
                                        // in addition, we must check that the denominator does not underflow
                                        require((product = amount * sqrtPX96) / amount == sqrtPX96 && numerator1 > product);
                                        uint256 denominator = numerator1 - product;
                                        return FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(numerator1, sqrtPX96, denominator).toUint160();
                                    }
                                }
                                /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given a delta of token1
                                /// @dev Always rounds down, because in the exact output case (decreasing price) we need to move the price at least
                                /// far enough to get the desired output amount, and in the exact input case (increasing price) we need to move the
                                /// price less in order to not send too much output.
                                /// The formula we compute is within <1 wei of the lossless version: sqrtPX96 +- amount / liquidity
                                /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price, i.e., before accounting for the token1 delta
                                /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                                /// @param amount How much of token1 to add, or remove, from virtual reserves
                                /// @param add Whether to add, or remove, the amount of token1
                                /// @return The price after adding or removing `amount`
                                function getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount1RoundingDown(
                                    uint160 sqrtPX96,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    uint256 amount,
                                    bool add
                                ) internal pure returns (uint160) {
                                    // if we're adding (subtracting), rounding down requires rounding the quotient down (up)
                                    // in both cases, avoid a mulDiv for most inputs
                                    if (add) {
                                        uint256 quotient =
                                            (
                                                amount <= type(uint160).max
                                                    ? (amount << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION) / liquidity
                                                    : FullMath.mulDiv(amount, FixedPoint96.Q96, liquidity)
                                            );
                                        return uint256(sqrtPX96).add(quotient).toUint160();
                                    } else {
                                        uint256 quotient =
                                            (
                                                amount <= type(uint160).max
                                                    ? UnsafeMath.divRoundingUp(amount << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION, liquidity)
                                                    : FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amount, FixedPoint96.Q96, liquidity)
                                            );
                                        require(sqrtPX96 > quotient);
                                        // always fits 160 bits
                                        return uint160(sqrtPX96 - quotient);
                                    }
                                }
                                /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given an input amount of token0 or token1
                                /// @dev Throws if price or liquidity are 0, or if the next price is out of bounds
                                /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price, i.e., before accounting for the input amount
                                /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                                /// @param amountIn How much of token0, or token1, is being swapped in
                                /// @param zeroForOne Whether the amount in is token0 or token1
                                /// @return sqrtQX96 The price after adding the input amount to token0 or token1
                                function getNextSqrtPriceFromInput(
                                    uint160 sqrtPX96,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    uint256 amountIn,
                                    bool zeroForOne
                                ) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtQX96) {
                                    require(sqrtPX96 > 0);
                                    require(liquidity > 0);
                                    // round to make sure that we don't pass the target price
                                    return
                                        zeroForOne
                                            ? getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount0RoundingUp(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountIn, true)
                                            : getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount1RoundingDown(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountIn, true);
                                }
                                /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given an output amount of token0 or token1
                                /// @dev Throws if price or liquidity are 0 or the next price is out of bounds
                                /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price before accounting for the output amount
                                /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                                /// @param amountOut How much of token0, or token1, is being swapped out
                                /// @param zeroForOne Whether the amount out is token0 or token1
                                /// @return sqrtQX96 The price after removing the output amount of token0 or token1
                                function getNextSqrtPriceFromOutput(
                                    uint160 sqrtPX96,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    uint256 amountOut,
                                    bool zeroForOne
                                ) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtQX96) {
                                    require(sqrtPX96 > 0);
                                    require(liquidity > 0);
                                    // round to make sure that we pass the target price
                                    return
                                        zeroForOne
                                            ? getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount1RoundingDown(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountOut, false)
                                            : getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount0RoundingUp(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountOut, false);
                                }
                                /// @notice Gets the amount0 delta between two prices
                                /// @dev Calculates liquidity / sqrt(lower) - liquidity / sqrt(upper),
                                /// i.e. liquidity * (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower)) / (sqrt(upper) * sqrt(lower))
                                /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
                                /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
                                /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                                /// @param roundUp Whether to round the amount up or down
                                /// @return amount0 Amount of token0 required to cover a position of size liquidity between the two passed prices
                                function getAmount0Delta(
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    bool roundUp
                                ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount0) {
                                    if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
                                    uint256 numerator1 = uint256(liquidity) << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION;
                                    uint256 numerator2 = sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96;
                                    require(sqrtRatioAX96 > 0);
                                    return
                                        roundUp
                                            ? UnsafeMath.divRoundingUp(
                                                FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(numerator1, numerator2, sqrtRatioBX96),
                                                sqrtRatioAX96
                                            )
                                            : FullMath.mulDiv(numerator1, numerator2, sqrtRatioBX96) / sqrtRatioAX96;
                                }
                                /// @notice Gets the amount1 delta between two prices
                                /// @dev Calculates liquidity * (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower))
                                /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
                                /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
                                /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
                                /// @param roundUp Whether to round the amount up, or down
                                /// @return amount1 Amount of token1 required to cover a position of size liquidity between the two passed prices
                                function getAmount1Delta(
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    bool roundUp
                                ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount1) {
                                    if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
                                    return
                                        roundUp
                                            ? FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(liquidity, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96, FixedPoint96.Q96)
                                            : FullMath.mulDiv(liquidity, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96, FixedPoint96.Q96);
                                }
                                /// @notice Helper that gets signed token0 delta
                                /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
                                /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
                                /// @param liquidity The change in liquidity for which to compute the amount0 delta
                                /// @return amount0 Amount of token0 corresponding to the passed liquidityDelta between the two prices
                                function getAmount0Delta(
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
                                    int128 liquidity
                                ) internal pure returns (int256 amount0) {
                                    return
                                        liquidity < 0
                                            ? -getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(-liquidity), false).toInt256()
                                            : getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(liquidity), true).toInt256();
                                }
                                /// @notice Helper that gets signed token1 delta
                                /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
                                /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
                                /// @param liquidity The change in liquidity for which to compute the amount1 delta
                                /// @return amount1 Amount of token1 corresponding to the passed liquidityDelta between the two prices
                                function getAmount1Delta(
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
                                    int128 liquidity
                                ) internal pure returns (int256 amount1) {
                                    return
                                        liquidity < 0
                                            ? -getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(-liquidity), false).toInt256()
                                            : getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(liquidity), true).toInt256();
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            import './FullMath.sol';
                            import './SqrtPriceMath.sol';
                            /// @title Computes the result of a swap within ticks
                            /// @notice Contains methods for computing the result of a swap within a single tick price range, i.e., a single tick.
                            library SwapMath {
                                /// @notice Computes the result of swapping some amount in, or amount out, given the parameters of the swap
                                /// @dev The fee, plus the amount in, will never exceed the amount remaining if the swap's `amountSpecified` is positive
                                /// @param sqrtRatioCurrentX96 The current sqrt price of the pool
                                /// @param sqrtRatioTargetX96 The price that cannot be exceeded, from which the direction of the swap is inferred
                                /// @param liquidity The usable liquidity
                                /// @param amountRemaining How much input or output amount is remaining to be swapped in/out
                                /// @param feePips The fee taken from the input amount, expressed in hundredths of a bip
                                /// @return sqrtRatioNextX96 The price after swapping the amount in/out, not to exceed the price target
                                /// @return amountIn The amount to be swapped in, of either token0 or token1, based on the direction of the swap
                                /// @return amountOut The amount to be received, of either token0 or token1, based on the direction of the swap
                                /// @return feeAmount The amount of input that will be taken as a fee
                                function computeSwapStep(
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioCurrentX96,
                                    uint160 sqrtRatioTargetX96,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    int256 amountRemaining,
                                    uint24 feePips
                                )
                                    internal
                                    pure
                                    returns (
                                        uint160 sqrtRatioNextX96,
                                        uint256 amountIn,
                                        uint256 amountOut,
                                        uint256 feeAmount
                                    )
                                {
                                    bool zeroForOne = sqrtRatioCurrentX96 >= sqrtRatioTargetX96;
                                    bool exactIn = amountRemaining >= 0;
                                    if (exactIn) {
                                        uint256 amountRemainingLessFee = FullMath.mulDiv(uint256(amountRemaining), 1e6 - feePips, 1e6);
                                        amountIn = zeroForOne
                                            ? SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioTargetX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, true)
                                            : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioTargetX96, liquidity, true);
                                        if (amountRemainingLessFee >= amountIn) sqrtRatioNextX96 = sqrtRatioTargetX96;
                                        else
                                            sqrtRatioNextX96 = SqrtPriceMath.getNextSqrtPriceFromInput(
                                                sqrtRatioCurrentX96,
                                                liquidity,
                                                amountRemainingLessFee,
                                                zeroForOne
                                            );
                                    } else {
                                        amountOut = zeroForOne
                                            ? SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioTargetX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, false)
                                            : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioTargetX96, liquidity, false);
                                        if (uint256(-amountRemaining) >= amountOut) sqrtRatioNextX96 = sqrtRatioTargetX96;
                                        else
                                            sqrtRatioNextX96 = SqrtPriceMath.getNextSqrtPriceFromOutput(
                                                sqrtRatioCurrentX96,
                                                liquidity,
                                                uint256(-amountRemaining),
                                                zeroForOne
                                            );
                                    }
                                    bool max = sqrtRatioTargetX96 == sqrtRatioNextX96;
                                    // get the input/output amounts
                                    if (zeroForOne) {
                                        amountIn = max && exactIn
                                            ? amountIn
                                            : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioNextX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, true);
                                        amountOut = max && !exactIn
                                            ? amountOut
                                            : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioNextX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, false);
                                    } else {
                                        amountIn = max && exactIn
                                            ? amountIn
                                            : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioNextX96, liquidity, true);
                                        amountOut = max && !exactIn
                                            ? amountOut
                                            : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioNextX96, liquidity, false);
                                    }
                                    // cap the output amount to not exceed the remaining output amount
                                    if (!exactIn && amountOut > uint256(-amountRemaining)) {
                                        amountOut = uint256(-amountRemaining);
                                    }
                                    if (exactIn && sqrtRatioNextX96 != sqrtRatioTargetX96) {
                                        // we didn't reach the target, so take the remainder of the maximum input as fee
                                        feeAmount = uint256(amountRemaining) - amountIn;
                                    } else {
                                        feeAmount = FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amountIn, feePips, 1e6 - feePips);
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title An interface for a contract that is capable of deploying Uniswap V3 Pools
                            /// @notice A contract that constructs a pool must implement this to pass arguments to the pool
                            /// @dev This is used to avoid having constructor arguments in the pool contract, which results in the init code hash
                            /// of the pool being constant allowing the CREATE2 address of the pool to be cheaply computed on-chain
                            interface IUniswapV3PoolDeployer {
                                /// @notice Get the parameters to be used in constructing the pool, set transiently during pool creation.
                                /// @dev Called by the pool constructor to fetch the parameters of the pool
                                /// Returns factory The factory address
                                /// Returns token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
                                /// Returns token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
                                /// Returns fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
                                /// Returns tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
                                function parameters()
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        address factory,
                                        address token0,
                                        address token1,
                                        uint24 fee,
                                        int24 tickSpacing
                                    );
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title The interface for the Uniswap V3 Factory
                            /// @notice The Uniswap V3 Factory facilitates creation of Uniswap V3 pools and control over the protocol fees
                            interface IUniswapV3Factory {
                                /// @notice Emitted when the owner of the factory is changed
                                /// @param oldOwner The owner before the owner was changed
                                /// @param newOwner The owner after the owner was changed
                                event OwnerChanged(address indexed oldOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                                /// @notice Emitted when a pool is created
                                /// @param token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
                                /// @param token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
                                /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
                                /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
                                /// @param pool The address of the created pool
                                event PoolCreated(
                                    address indexed token0,
                                    address indexed token1,
                                    uint24 indexed fee,
                                    int24 tickSpacing,
                                    address pool
                                );
                                /// @notice Emitted when a new fee amount is enabled for pool creation via the factory
                                /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip
                                /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks for pools created with the given fee
                                event FeeAmountEnabled(uint24 indexed fee, int24 indexed tickSpacing);
                                /// @notice Returns the current owner of the factory
                                /// @dev Can be changed by the current owner via setOwner
                                /// @return The address of the factory owner
                                function owner() external view returns (address);
                                /// @notice Returns the tick spacing for a given fee amount, if enabled, or 0 if not enabled
                                /// @dev A fee amount can never be removed, so this value should be hard coded or cached in the calling context
                                /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip. Returns 0 in case of unenabled fee
                                /// @return The tick spacing
                                function feeAmountTickSpacing(uint24 fee) external view returns (int24);
                                /// @notice Returns the pool address for a given pair of tokens and a fee, or address 0 if it does not exist
                                /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either token0/token1 or token1/token0 order
                                /// @param tokenA The contract address of either token0 or token1
                                /// @param tokenB The contract address of the other token
                                /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
                                /// @return pool The pool address
                                function getPool(
                                    address tokenA,
                                    address tokenB,
                                    uint24 fee
                                ) external view returns (address pool);
                                /// @notice Creates a pool for the given two tokens and fee
                                /// @param tokenA One of the two tokens in the desired pool
                                /// @param tokenB The other of the two tokens in the desired pool
                                /// @param fee The desired fee for the pool
                                /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either order: token0/token1 or token1/token0. tickSpacing is retrieved
                                /// from the fee. The call will revert if the pool already exists, the fee is invalid, or the token arguments
                                /// are invalid.
                                /// @return pool The address of the newly created pool
                                function createPool(
                                    address tokenA,
                                    address tokenB,
                                    uint24 fee
                                ) external returns (address pool);
                                /// @notice Updates the owner of the factory
                                /// @dev Must be called by the current owner
                                /// @param _owner The new owner of the factory
                                function setOwner(address _owner) external;
                                /// @notice Enables a fee amount with the given tickSpacing
                                /// @dev Fee amounts may never be removed once enabled
                                /// @param fee The fee amount to enable, denominated in hundredths of a bip (i.e. 1e-6)
                                /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between ticks to be enforced for all pools created with the given fee amount
                                function enableFeeAmount(uint24 fee, int24 tickSpacing) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Minimal ERC20 interface for Uniswap
                            /// @notice Contains a subset of the full ERC20 interface that is used in Uniswap V3
                            interface IERC20Minimal {
                                /// @notice Returns the balance of a token
                                /// @param account The account for which to look up the number of tokens it has, i.e. its balance
                                /// @return The number of tokens held by the account
                                function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                                /// @notice Transfers the amount of token from the `msg.sender` to the recipient
                                /// @param recipient The account that will receive the amount transferred
                                /// @param amount The number of tokens to send from the sender to the recipient
                                /// @return Returns true for a successful transfer, false for an unsuccessful transfer
                                function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                /// @notice Returns the current allowance given to a spender by an owner
                                /// @param owner The account of the token owner
                                /// @param spender The account of the token spender
                                /// @return The current allowance granted by `owner` to `spender`
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
                                /// @notice Sets the allowance of a spender from the `msg.sender` to the value `amount`
                                /// @param spender The account which will be allowed to spend a given amount of the owners tokens
                                /// @param amount The amount of tokens allowed to be used by `spender`
                                /// @return Returns true for a successful approval, false for unsuccessful
                                function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                /// @notice Transfers `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` up to the allowance given to the `msg.sender`
                                /// @param sender The account from which the transfer will be initiated
                                /// @param recipient The recipient of the transfer
                                /// @param amount The amount of the transfer
                                /// @return Returns true for a successful transfer, false for unsuccessful
                                function transferFrom(
                                    address sender,
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) external returns (bool);
                                /// @notice Event emitted when tokens are transferred from one address to another, either via `#transfer` or `#transferFrom`.
                                /// @param from The account from which the tokens were sent, i.e. the balance decreased
                                /// @param to The account to which the tokens were sent, i.e. the balance increased
                                /// @param value The amount of tokens that were transferred
                                event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                                /// @notice Event emitted when the approval amount for the spender of a given owner's tokens changes.
                                /// @param owner The account that approved spending of its tokens
                                /// @param spender The account for which the spending allowance was modified
                                /// @param value The new allowance from the owner to the spender
                                event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Callback for IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint
                            /// @notice Any contract that calls IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint must implement this interface
                            interface IUniswapV3MintCallback {
                                /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after minting liquidity to a position from IUniswapV3Pool#mint.
                                /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the minted liquidity.
                                /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a UniswapV3Pool deployed by the canonical UniswapV3Factory.
                                /// @param amount0Owed The amount of token0 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
                                /// @param amount1Owed The amount of token1 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
                                /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint call
                                function uniswapV3MintCallback(
                                    uint256 amount0Owed,
                                    uint256 amount1Owed,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Callback for IUniswapV3PoolActions#swap
                            /// @notice Any contract that calls IUniswapV3PoolActions#swap must implement this interface
                            interface IUniswapV3SwapCallback {
                                /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after executing a swap via IUniswapV3Pool#swap.
                                /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the swap.
                                /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a UniswapV3Pool deployed by the canonical UniswapV3Factory.
                                /// amount0Delta and amount1Delta can both be 0 if no tokens were swapped.
                                /// @param amount0Delta The amount of token0 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                                /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token0 to the pool.
                                /// @param amount1Delta The amount of token1 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
                                /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token1 to the pool.
                                /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IUniswapV3PoolActions#swap call
                                function uniswapV3SwapCallback(
                                    int256 amount0Delta,
                                    int256 amount1Delta,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Callback for IUniswapV3PoolActions#flash
                            /// @notice Any contract that calls IUniswapV3PoolActions#flash must implement this interface
                            interface IUniswapV3FlashCallback {
                                /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after transferring to the recipient from IUniswapV3Pool#flash.
                                /// @dev In the implementation you must repay the pool the tokens sent by flash plus the computed fee amounts.
                                /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a UniswapV3Pool deployed by the canonical UniswapV3Factory.
                                /// @param fee0 The fee amount in token0 due to the pool by the end of the flash
                                /// @param fee1 The fee amount in token1 due to the pool by the end of the flash
                                /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IUniswapV3PoolActions#flash call
                                function uniswapV3FlashCallback(
                                    uint256 fee0,
                                    uint256 fee1,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Pool state that never changes
                            /// @notice These parameters are fixed for a pool forever, i.e., the methods will always return the same values
                            interface IUniswapV3PoolImmutables {
                                /// @notice The contract that deployed the pool, which must adhere to the IUniswapV3Factory interface
                                /// @return The contract address
                                function factory() external view returns (address);
                                /// @notice The first of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
                                /// @return The token contract address
                                function token0() external view returns (address);
                                /// @notice The second of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
                                /// @return The token contract address
                                function token1() external view returns (address);
                                /// @notice The pool's fee in hundredths of a bip, i.e. 1e-6
                                /// @return The fee
                                function fee() external view returns (uint24);
                                /// @notice The pool tick spacing
                                /// @dev Ticks can only be used at multiples of this value, minimum of 1 and always positive
                                /// e.g.: a tickSpacing of 3 means ticks can be initialized every 3rd tick, i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
                                /// This value is an int24 to avoid casting even though it is always positive.
                                /// @return The tick spacing
                                function tickSpacing() external view returns (int24);
                                /// @notice The maximum amount of position liquidity that can use any tick in the range
                                /// @dev This parameter is enforced per tick to prevent liquidity from overflowing a uint128 at any point, and
                                /// also prevents out-of-range liquidity from being used to prevent adding in-range liquidity to a pool
                                /// @return The max amount of liquidity per tick
                                function maxLiquidityPerTick() external view returns (uint128);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Pool state that can change
                            /// @notice These methods compose the pool's state, and can change with any frequency including multiple times
                            /// per transaction
                            interface IUniswapV3PoolState {
                                /// @notice The 0th storage slot in the pool stores many values, and is exposed as a single method to save gas
                                /// when accessed externally.
                                /// @return sqrtPriceX96 The current price of the pool as a sqrt(token1/token0) Q64.96 value
                                /// tick The current tick of the pool, i.e. according to the last tick transition that was run.
                                /// This value may not always be equal to SqrtTickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96) if the price is on a tick
                                /// boundary.
                                /// observationIndex The index of the last oracle observation that was written,
                                /// observationCardinality The current maximum number of observations stored in the pool,
                                /// observationCardinalityNext The next maximum number of observations, to be updated when the observation.
                                /// feeProtocol The protocol fee for both tokens of the pool.
                                /// Encoded as two 4 bit values, where the protocol fee of token1 is shifted 4 bits and the protocol fee of token0
                                /// is the lower 4 bits. Used as the denominator of a fraction of the swap fee, e.g. 4 means 1/4th of the swap fee.
                                /// unlocked Whether the pool is currently locked to reentrancy
                                function slot0()
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
                                        int24 tick,
                                        uint16 observationIndex,
                                        uint16 observationCardinality,
                                        uint16 observationCardinalityNext,
                                        uint8 feeProtocol,
                                        bool unlocked
                                    );
                                /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token0 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
                                /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
                                function feeGrowthGlobal0X128() external view returns (uint256);
                                /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token1 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
                                /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
                                function feeGrowthGlobal1X128() external view returns (uint256);
                                /// @notice The amounts of token0 and token1 that are owed to the protocol
                                /// @dev Protocol fees will never exceed uint128 max in either token
                                function protocolFees() external view returns (uint128 token0, uint128 token1);
                                /// @notice The currently in range liquidity available to the pool
                                /// @dev This value has no relationship to the total liquidity across all ticks
                                function liquidity() external view returns (uint128);
                                /// @notice Look up information about a specific tick in the pool
                                /// @param tick The tick to look up
                                /// @return liquidityGross the total amount of position liquidity that uses the pool either as tick lower or
                                /// tick upper,
                                /// liquidityNet how much liquidity changes when the pool price crosses the tick,
                                /// feeGrowthOutside0X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token0,
                                /// feeGrowthOutside1X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token1,
                                /// tickCumulativeOutside the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick from the current tick
                                /// secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 the seconds spent per liquidity on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
                                /// secondsOutside the seconds spent on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
                                /// initialized Set to true if the tick is initialized, i.e. liquidityGross is greater than 0, otherwise equal to false.
                                /// Outside values can only be used if the tick is initialized, i.e. if liquidityGross is greater than 0.
                                /// In addition, these values are only relative and must be used only in comparison to previous snapshots for
                                /// a specific position.
                                function ticks(int24 tick)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        uint128 liquidityGross,
                                        int128 liquidityNet,
                                        uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128,
                                        uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128,
                                        int56 tickCumulativeOutside,
                                        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
                                        uint32 secondsOutside,
                                        bool initialized
                                    );
                                /// @notice Returns 256 packed tick initialized boolean values. See TickBitmap for more information
                                function tickBitmap(int16 wordPosition) external view returns (uint256);
                                /// @notice Returns the information about a position by the position's key
                                /// @param key The position's key is a hash of a preimage composed by the owner, tickLower and tickUpper
                                /// @return _liquidity The amount of liquidity in the position,
                                /// Returns feeGrowthInside0LastX128 fee growth of token0 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
                                /// Returns feeGrowthInside1LastX128 fee growth of token1 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
                                /// Returns tokensOwed0 the computed amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke,
                                /// Returns tokensOwed1 the computed amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke
                                function positions(bytes32 key)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        uint128 _liquidity,
                                        uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                                        uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                                        uint128 tokensOwed0,
                                        uint128 tokensOwed1
                                    );
                                /// @notice Returns data about a specific observation index
                                /// @param index The element of the observations array to fetch
                                /// @dev You most likely want to use #observe() instead of this method to get an observation as of some amount of time
                                /// ago, rather than at a specific index in the array.
                                /// @return blockTimestamp The timestamp of the observation,
                                /// Returns tickCumulative the tick multiplied by seconds elapsed for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
                                /// Returns secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 the seconds per in range liquidity for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
                                /// Returns initialized whether the observation has been initialized and the values are safe to use
                                function observations(uint256 index)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        uint32 blockTimestamp,
                                        int56 tickCumulative,
                                        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                                        bool initialized
                                    );
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Pool state that is not stored
                            /// @notice Contains view functions to provide information about the pool that is computed rather than stored on the
                            /// blockchain. The functions here may have variable gas costs.
                            interface IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState {
                                /// @notice Returns the cumulative tick and liquidity as of each timestamp `secondsAgo` from the current block timestamp
                                /// @dev To get a time weighted average tick or liquidity-in-range, you must call this with two values, one representing
                                /// the beginning of the period and another for the end of the period. E.g., to get the last hour time-weighted average tick,
                                /// you must call it with secondsAgos = [3600, 0].
                                /// @dev The time weighted average tick represents the geometric time weighted average price of the pool, in
                                /// log base sqrt(1.0001) of token1 / token0. The TickMath library can be used to go from a tick value to a ratio.
                                /// @param secondsAgos From how long ago each cumulative tick and liquidity value should be returned
                                /// @return tickCumulatives Cumulative tick values as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block timestamp
                                /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s Cumulative seconds per liquidity-in-range value as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block
                                /// timestamp
                                function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s);
                                /// @notice Returns a snapshot of the tick cumulative, seconds per liquidity and seconds inside a tick range
                                /// @dev Snapshots must only be compared to other snapshots, taken over a period for which a position existed.
                                /// I.e., snapshots cannot be compared if a position is not held for the entire period between when the first
                                /// snapshot is taken and the second snapshot is taken.
                                /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the range
                                /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the range
                                /// @return tickCumulativeInside The snapshot of the tick accumulator for the range
                                /// @return secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128 The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
                                /// @return secondsInside The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
                                function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (
                                        int56 tickCumulativeInside,
                                        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
                                        uint32 secondsInside
                                    );
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Permissionless pool actions
                            /// @notice Contains pool methods that can be called by anyone
                            interface IUniswapV3PoolActions {
                                /// @notice Sets the initial price for the pool
                                /// @dev Price is represented as a sqrt(amountToken1/amountToken0) Q64.96 value
                                /// @param sqrtPriceX96 the initial sqrt price of the pool as a Q64.96
                                function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external;
                                /// @notice Adds liquidity for the given recipient/tickLower/tickUpper position
                                /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3MintCallback#uniswapV3MintCallback
                                /// in which they must pay any token0 or token1 owed for the liquidity. The amount of token0/token1 due depends
                                /// on tickLower, tickUpper, the amount of liquidity, and the current price.
                                /// @param recipient The address for which the liquidity will be created
                                /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position in which to add liquidity
                                /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position in which to add liquidity
                                /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to mint
                                /// @param data Any data that should be passed through to the callback
                                /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
                                /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
                                function mint(
                                    address recipient,
                                    int24 tickLower,
                                    int24 tickUpper,
                                    uint128 amount,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
                                /// @notice Collects tokens owed to a position
                                /// @dev Does not recompute fees earned, which must be done either via mint or burn of any amount of liquidity.
                                /// Collect must be called by the position owner. To withdraw only token0 or only token1, amount0Requested or
                                /// amount1Requested may be set to zero. To withdraw all tokens owed, caller may pass any value greater than the
                                /// actual tokens owed, e.g. type(uint128).max. Tokens owed may be from accumulated swap fees or burned liquidity.
                                /// @param recipient The address which should receive the fees collected
                                /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to collect fees
                                /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to collect fees
                                /// @param amount0Requested How much token0 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
                                /// @param amount1Requested How much token1 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
                                /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
                                /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
                                function collect(
                                    address recipient,
                                    int24 tickLower,
                                    int24 tickUpper,
                                    uint128 amount0Requested,
                                    uint128 amount1Requested
                                ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
                                /// @notice Burn liquidity from the sender and account tokens owed for the liquidity to the position
                                /// @dev Can be used to trigger a recalculation of fees owed to a position by calling with an amount of 0
                                /// @dev Fees must be collected separately via a call to #collect
                                /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
                                /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
                                /// @param amount How much liquidity to burn
                                /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 sent to the recipient
                                /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 sent to the recipient
                                function burn(
                                    int24 tickLower,
                                    int24 tickUpper,
                                    uint128 amount
                                ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
                                /// @notice Swap token0 for token1, or token1 for token0
                                /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3SwapCallback#uniswapV3SwapCallback
                                /// @param recipient The address to receive the output of the swap
                                /// @param zeroForOne The direction of the swap, true for token0 to token1, false for token1 to token0
                                /// @param amountSpecified The amount of the swap, which implicitly configures the swap as exact input (positive), or exact output (negative)
                                /// @param sqrtPriceLimitX96 The Q64.96 sqrt price limit. If zero for one, the price cannot be less than this
                                /// value after the swap. If one for zero, the price cannot be greater than this value after the swap
                                /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
                                /// @return amount0 The delta of the balance of token0 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
                                /// @return amount1 The delta of the balance of token1 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
                                function swap(
                                    address recipient,
                                    bool zeroForOne,
                                    int256 amountSpecified,
                                    uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
                                /// @notice Receive token0 and/or token1 and pay it back, plus a fee, in the callback
                                /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3FlashCallback#uniswapV3FlashCallback
                                /// @dev Can be used to donate underlying tokens pro-rata to currently in-range liquidity providers by calling
                                /// with 0 amount{0,1} and sending the donation amount(s) from the callback
                                /// @param recipient The address which will receive the token0 and token1 amounts
                                /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 to send
                                /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 to send
                                /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
                                function flash(
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint256 amount0,
                                    uint256 amount1,
                                    bytes calldata data
                                ) external;
                                /// @notice Increase the maximum number of price and liquidity observations that this pool will store
                                /// @dev This method is no-op if the pool already has an observationCardinalityNext greater than or equal to
                                /// the input observationCardinalityNext.
                                /// @param observationCardinalityNext The desired minimum number of observations for the pool to store
                                function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Permissioned pool actions
                            /// @notice Contains pool methods that may only be called by the factory owner
                            interface IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions {
                                /// @notice Set the denominator of the protocol's % share of the fees
                                /// @param feeProtocol0 new protocol fee for token0 of the pool
                                /// @param feeProtocol1 new protocol fee for token1 of the pool
                                function setFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0, uint8 feeProtocol1) external;
                                /// @notice Collect the protocol fee accrued to the pool
                                /// @param recipient The address to which collected protocol fees should be sent
                                /// @param amount0Requested The maximum amount of token0 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token1
                                /// @param amount1Requested The maximum amount of token1 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token0
                                /// @return amount0 The protocol fee collected in token0
                                /// @return amount1 The protocol fee collected in token1
                                function collectProtocol(
                                    address recipient,
                                    uint128 amount0Requested,
                                    uint128 amount1Requested
                                ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Events emitted by a pool
                            /// @notice Contains all events emitted by the pool
                            interface IUniswapV3PoolEvents {
                                /// @notice Emitted exactly once by a pool when #initialize is first called on the pool
                                /// @dev Mint/Burn/Swap cannot be emitted by the pool before Initialize
                                /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The initial sqrt price of the pool, as a Q64.96
                                /// @param tick The initial tick of the pool, i.e. log base 1.0001 of the starting price of the pool
                                event Initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96, int24 tick);
                                /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is minted for a given position
                                /// @param sender The address that minted the liquidity
                                /// @param owner The owner of the position and recipient of any minted liquidity
                                /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
                                /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
                                /// @param amount The amount of liquidity minted to the position range
                                /// @param amount0 How much token0 was required for the minted liquidity
                                /// @param amount1 How much token1 was required for the minted liquidity
                                event Mint(
                                    address sender,
                                    address indexed owner,
                                    int24 indexed tickLower,
                                    int24 indexed tickUpper,
                                    uint128 amount,
                                    uint256 amount0,
                                    uint256 amount1
                                );
                                /// @notice Emitted when fees are collected by the owner of a position
                                /// @dev Collect events may be emitted with zero amount0 and amount1 when the caller chooses not to collect fees
                                /// @param owner The owner of the position for which fees are collected
                                /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
                                /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
                                /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 fees collected
                                /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 fees collected
                                event Collect(
                                    address indexed owner,
                                    address recipient,
                                    int24 indexed tickLower,
                                    int24 indexed tickUpper,
                                    uint128 amount0,
                                    uint128 amount1
                                );
                                /// @notice Emitted when a position's liquidity is removed
                                /// @dev Does not withdraw any fees earned by the liquidity position, which must be withdrawn via #collect
                                /// @param owner The owner of the position for which liquidity is removed
                                /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
                                /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
                                /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to remove
                                /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 withdrawn
                                /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 withdrawn
                                event Burn(
                                    address indexed owner,
                                    int24 indexed tickLower,
                                    int24 indexed tickUpper,
                                    uint128 amount,
                                    uint256 amount0,
                                    uint256 amount1
                                );
                                /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any swaps between token0 and token1
                                /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
                                /// @param recipient The address that received the output of the swap
                                /// @param amount0 The delta of the token0 balance of the pool
                                /// @param amount1 The delta of the token1 balance of the pool
                                /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt(price) of the pool after the swap, as a Q64.96
                                /// @param liquidity The liquidity of the pool after the swap
                                /// @param tick The log base 1.0001 of price of the pool after the swap
                                event Swap(
                                    address indexed sender,
                                    address indexed recipient,
                                    int256 amount0,
                                    int256 amount1,
                                    uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
                                    uint128 liquidity,
                                    int24 tick
                                );
                                /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any flashes of token0/token1
                                /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
                                /// @param recipient The address that received the tokens from flash
                                /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was flashed
                                /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was flashed
                                /// @param paid0 The amount of token0 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount0 plus the fee
                                /// @param paid1 The amount of token1 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount1 plus the fee
                                event Flash(
                                    address indexed sender,
                                    address indexed recipient,
                                    uint256 amount0,
                                    uint256 amount1,
                                    uint256 paid0,
                                    uint256 paid1
                                );
                                /// @notice Emitted by the pool for increases to the number of observations that can be stored
                                /// @dev observationCardinalityNext is not the observation cardinality until an observation is written at the index
                                /// just before a mint/swap/burn.
                                /// @param observationCardinalityNextOld The previous value of the next observation cardinality
                                /// @param observationCardinalityNextNew The updated value of the next observation cardinality
                                event IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(
                                    uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld,
                                    uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew
                                );
                                /// @notice Emitted when the protocol fee is changed by the pool
                                /// @param feeProtocol0Old The previous value of the token0 protocol fee
                                /// @param feeProtocol1Old The previous value of the token1 protocol fee
                                /// @param feeProtocol0New The updated value of the token0 protocol fee
                                /// @param feeProtocol1New The updated value of the token1 protocol fee
                                event SetFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0Old, uint8 feeProtocol1Old, uint8 feeProtocol0New, uint8 feeProtocol1New);
                                /// @notice Emitted when the collected protocol fees are withdrawn by the factory owner
                                /// @param sender The address that collects the protocol fees
                                /// @param recipient The address that receives the collected protocol fees
                                /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 protocol fees that is withdrawn
                                /// @param amount0 The amount of token1 protocol fees that is withdrawn
                                event CollectProtocol(address indexed sender, address indexed recipient, uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title BitMath
                            /// @dev This library provides functionality for computing bit properties of an unsigned integer
                            library BitMath {
                                /// @notice Returns the index of the most significant bit of the number,
                                ///     where the least significant bit is at index 0 and the most significant bit is at index 255
                                /// @dev The function satisfies the property:
                                ///     x >= 2**mostSignificantBit(x) and x < 2**(mostSignificantBit(x)+1)
                                /// @param x the value for which to compute the most significant bit, must be greater than 0
                                /// @return r the index of the most significant bit
                                function mostSignificantBit(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint8 r) {
                                    require(x > 0);
                                    if (x >= 0x100000000000000000000000000000000) {
                                        x >>= 128;
                                        r += 128;
                                    }
                                    if (x >= 0x10000000000000000) {
                                        x >>= 64;
                                        r += 64;
                                    }
                                    if (x >= 0x100000000) {
                                        x >>= 32;
                                        r += 32;
                                    }
                                    if (x >= 0x10000) {
                                        x >>= 16;
                                        r += 16;
                                    }
                                    if (x >= 0x100) {
                                        x >>= 8;
                                        r += 8;
                                    }
                                    if (x >= 0x10) {
                                        x >>= 4;
                                        r += 4;
                                    }
                                    if (x >= 0x4) {
                                        x >>= 2;
                                        r += 2;
                                    }
                                    if (x >= 0x2) r += 1;
                                }
                                /// @notice Returns the index of the least significant bit of the number,
                                ///     where the least significant bit is at index 0 and the most significant bit is at index 255
                                /// @dev The function satisfies the property:
                                ///     (x & 2**leastSignificantBit(x)) != 0 and (x & (2**(leastSignificantBit(x)) - 1)) == 0)
                                /// @param x the value for which to compute the least significant bit, must be greater than 0
                                /// @return r the index of the least significant bit
                                function leastSignificantBit(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint8 r) {
                                    require(x > 0);
                                    r = 255;
                                    if (x & type(uint128).max > 0) {
                                        r -= 128;
                                    } else {
                                        x >>= 128;
                                    }
                                    if (x & type(uint64).max > 0) {
                                        r -= 64;
                                    } else {
                                        x >>= 64;
                                    }
                                    if (x & type(uint32).max > 0) {
                                        r -= 32;
                                    } else {
                                        x >>= 32;
                                    }
                                    if (x & type(uint16).max > 0) {
                                        r -= 16;
                                    } else {
                                        x >>= 16;
                                    }
                                    if (x & type(uint8).max > 0) {
                                        r -= 8;
                                    } else {
                                        x >>= 8;
                                    }
                                    if (x & 0xf > 0) {
                                        r -= 4;
                                    } else {
                                        x >>= 4;
                                    }
                                    if (x & 0x3 > 0) {
                                        r -= 2;
                                    } else {
                                        x >>= 2;
                                    }
                                    if (x & 0x1 > 0) r -= 1;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
                            /// @title Math functions that do not check inputs or outputs
                            /// @notice Contains methods that perform common math functions but do not do any overflow or underflow checks
                            library UnsafeMath {
                                /// @notice Returns ceil(x / y)
                                /// @dev division by 0 has unspecified behavior, and must be checked externally
                                /// @param x The dividend
                                /// @param y The divisor
                                /// @return z The quotient, ceil(x / y)
                                function divRoundingUp(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
                                    assembly {
                                        z := add(div(x, y), gt(mod(x, y), 0))
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
                            pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
                            /// @title FixedPoint96
                            /// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
                            /// @dev Used in SqrtPriceMath.sol
                            library FixedPoint96 {
                                uint8 internal constant RESOLUTION = 96;
                                uint256 internal constant Q96 = 0x1000000000000000000000000;
                            }
                            

                            File 5 of 10: FiatTokenV2_2
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { EIP712Domain } from "./EIP712Domain.sol"; // solhint-disable-line no-unused-import
                            import { Blacklistable } from "../v1/Blacklistable.sol"; // solhint-disable-line no-unused-import
                            import { FiatTokenV1 } from "../v1/FiatTokenV1.sol"; // solhint-disable-line no-unused-import
                            import { FiatTokenV2 } from "./FiatTokenV2.sol"; // solhint-disable-line no-unused-import
                            import { FiatTokenV2_1 } from "./FiatTokenV2_1.sol";
                            import { EIP712 } from "../util/EIP712.sol";
                            // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
                            /**
                             * @title FiatToken V2.2
                             * @notice ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves, version 2.2
                             */
                            contract FiatTokenV2_2 is FiatTokenV2_1 {
                                /**
                                 * @notice Initialize v2.2
                                 * @param accountsToBlacklist   A list of accounts to migrate from the old blacklist
                                 * @param newSymbol             New token symbol
                                 * data structure to the new blacklist data structure.
                                 */
                                function initializeV2_2(
                                    address[] calldata accountsToBlacklist,
                                    string calldata newSymbol
                                ) external {
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line reason-string
                                    require(_initializedVersion == 2);
                                    // Update fiat token symbol
                                    symbol = newSymbol;
                                    // Add previously blacklisted accounts to the new blacklist data structure
                                    // and remove them from the old blacklist data structure.
                                    for (uint256 i = 0; i < accountsToBlacklist.length; i++) {
                                        require(
                                            _deprecatedBlacklisted[accountsToBlacklist[i]],
                                            "FiatTokenV2_2: Blacklisting previously unblacklisted account!"
                                        );
                                        _blacklist(accountsToBlacklist[i]);
                                        delete _deprecatedBlacklisted[accountsToBlacklist[i]];
                                    }
                                    _blacklist(address(this));
                                    delete _deprecatedBlacklisted[address(this)];
                                    _initializedVersion = 3;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Internal function to get the current chain id.
                                 * @return The current chain id.
                                 */
                                function _chainId() internal virtual view returns (uint256) {
                                    uint256 chainId;
                                    assembly {
                                        chainId := chainid()
                                    }
                                    return chainId;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @inheritdoc EIP712Domain
                                 */
                                function _domainSeparator() internal override view returns (bytes32) {
                                    return EIP712.makeDomainSeparator(name, "2", _chainId());
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Update allowance with a signed permit
                                 * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                                 * @param owner       Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param spender     Spender's address
                                 * @param value       Amount of allowance
                                 * @param deadline    The time at which the signature expires (unix time), or max uint256 value to signal no expiration
                                 * @param signature   Signature bytes signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                                 */
                                function permit(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 deadline,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) external whenNotPaused {
                                    _permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, signature);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Execute a transfer with a signed authorization
                                 * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                                 * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param to            Payee's address
                                 * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                                 * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                                 * @param signature     Signature bytes signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                                 */
                                function transferWithAuthorization(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 validAfter,
                                    uint256 validBefore,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) external whenNotPaused notBlacklisted(from) notBlacklisted(to) {
                                    _transferWithAuthorization(
                                        from,
                                        to,
                                        value,
                                        validAfter,
                                        validBefore,
                                        nonce,
                                        signature
                                    );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Receive a transfer with a signed authorization from the payer
                                 * @dev This has an additional check to ensure that the payee's address
                                 * matches the caller of this function to prevent front-running attacks.
                                 * EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                                 * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param to            Payee's address
                                 * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                                 * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                                 * @param signature     Signature bytes signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                                 */
                                function receiveWithAuthorization(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 validAfter,
                                    uint256 validBefore,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) external whenNotPaused notBlacklisted(from) notBlacklisted(to) {
                                    _receiveWithAuthorization(
                                        from,
                                        to,
                                        value,
                                        validAfter,
                                        validBefore,
                                        nonce,
                                        signature
                                    );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Attempt to cancel an authorization
                                 * @dev Works only if the authorization is not yet used.
                                 * EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                                 * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                                 * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                                 * @param signature     Signature bytes signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                                 */
                                function cancelAuthorization(
                                    address authorizer,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) external whenNotPaused {
                                    _cancelAuthorization(authorizer, nonce, signature);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Helper method that sets the blacklist state of an account on balanceAndBlacklistStates.
                                 * If _shouldBlacklist is true, we apply a (1 << 255) bitmask with an OR operation on the
                                 * account's balanceAndBlacklistState. This flips the high bit for the account to 1,
                                 * indicating that the account is blacklisted.
                                 *
                                 * If _shouldBlacklist if false, we reset the account's balanceAndBlacklistStates to their
                                 * balances. This clears the high bit for the account, indicating that the account is unblacklisted.
                                 * @param _account         The address of the account.
                                 * @param _shouldBlacklist True if the account should be blacklisted, false if the account should be unblacklisted.
                                 */
                                function _setBlacklistState(address _account, bool _shouldBlacklist)
                                    internal
                                    override
                                {
                                    balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] = _shouldBlacklist
                                        ? balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] | (1 << 255)
                                        : _balanceOf(_account);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Helper method that sets the balance of an account on balanceAndBlacklistStates.
                                 * Since balances are stored in the last 255 bits of the balanceAndBlacklistStates value,
                                 * we need to ensure that the updated balance does not exceed (2^255 - 1).
                                 * Since blacklisted accounts' balances cannot be updated, the method will also
                                 * revert if the account is blacklisted
                                 * @param _account The address of the account.
                                 * @param _balance The new fiat token balance of the account (max: (2^255 - 1)).
                                 */
                                function _setBalance(address _account, uint256 _balance) internal override {
                                    require(
                                        _balance <= ((1 << 255) - 1),
                                        "FiatTokenV2_2: Balance exceeds (2^255 - 1)"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        !_isBlacklisted(_account),
                                        "FiatTokenV2_2: Account is blacklisted"
                                    );
                                    balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] = _balance;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @inheritdoc Blacklistable
                                 */
                                function _isBlacklisted(address _account)
                                    internal
                                    override
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] >> 255 == 1;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Helper method to obtain the balance of an account. Since balances
                                 * are stored in the last 255 bits of the balanceAndBlacklistStates value,
                                 * we apply a ((1 << 255) - 1) bit bitmask with an AND operation on the
                                 * balanceAndBlacklistState to obtain the balance.
                                 * @param _account  The address of the account.
                                 * @return          The fiat token balance of the account.
                                 */
                                function _balanceOf(address _account)
                                    internal
                                    override
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] & ((1 << 255) - 1);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @inheritdoc FiatTokenV1
                                 */
                                function approve(address spender, uint256 value)
                                    external
                                    override
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _approve(msg.sender, spender, value);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @inheritdoc FiatTokenV2
                                 */
                                function permit(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 deadline,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) external override whenNotPaused {
                                    _permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, s);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @inheritdoc FiatTokenV2
                                 */
                                function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 increment)
                                    external
                                    override
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _increaseAllowance(msg.sender, spender, increment);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @inheritdoc FiatTokenV2
                                 */
                                function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 decrement)
                                    external
                                    override
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _decreaseAllowance(msg.sender, spender, decrement);
                                    return true;
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity >=0.6.2 <0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                             */
                            library Address {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                                 *
                                 * [IMPORTANT]
                                 * ====
                                 * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                                 * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                                 *
                                 * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                                 * types of addresses:
                                 *
                                 *  - an externally-owned account
                                 *  - a contract in construction
                                 *  - an address where a contract will be created
                                 *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                                 * ====
                                 */
                                function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
                                    // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
                                    // constructor execution.
                                    uint256 size;
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly { size := extcodesize(account) }
                                    return size > 0;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                                 * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                                 *
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                                 * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                                 * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                                 * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                                 *
                                 * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                                 * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                                 * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                                 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                                 */
                                function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls, avoid-call-value
                                    (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
                                    require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                                 * plain`call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                                 * function instead.
                                 *
                                 * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                                 * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                                 *
                                 * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                                 * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `target` must be a contract.
                                 * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                  return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                                 * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                                 * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                                 * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a delegate call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a delegate call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                                    return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                                function _verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure returns(bytes memory) {
                                    if (success) {
                                        return returndata;
                                    } else {
                                        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                        if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                                            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                            assembly {
                                                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                            }
                                        } else {
                                            revert(errorMessage);
                                        }
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
                            import "./IERC20.sol";
                            import "../../math/SafeMath.sol";
                            import "../../utils/Address.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title SafeERC20
                             * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
                             * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
                             * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
                             * successful.
                             * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
                             * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
                             */
                            library SafeERC20 {
                                using SafeMath for uint256;
                                using Address for address;
                                function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
                                    _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
                                }
                                function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
                                    _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
                                 * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
                                 *
                                 * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
                                 * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
                                 */
                                function safeApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                                    // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
                                    // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
                                    // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
                                    require((value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
                                        "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
                                    );
                                    _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
                                }
                                function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                                    uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender).add(value);
                                    _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
                                }
                                function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                                    uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender).sub(value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
                                    _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
                                 * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
                                 * @param token The token targeted by the call.
                                 * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
                                 */
                                function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
                                    // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
                                    // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address.functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
                                    // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
                                    bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
                                    if (returndata.length > 0) { // Return data is optional
                                        // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
                                        require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
                             */
                            interface IERC20 {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                                 */
                                function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                                 * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                                 * zero by default.
                                 *
                                 * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                                 */
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                                 * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                                 * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                                 * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                                 * desired value afterwards:
                                 * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                                 *
                                 * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                 */
                                function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
                                 * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                                 * allowance.
                                 *
                                 * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                 *
                                 * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                 */
                                function transferFrom(address sender, address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                                 * another (`to`).
                                 *
                                 * Note that `value` may be zero.
                                 */
                                event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                                 * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                                 */
                                event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations with added overflow
                             * checks.
                             *
                             * Arithmetic operations in Solidity wrap on overflow. This can easily result
                             * in bugs, because programmers usually assume that an overflow raises an
                             * error, which is the standard behavior in high level programming languages.
                             * `SafeMath` restores this intuition by reverting the transaction when an
                             * operation overflows.
                             *
                             * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
                             * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
                             */
                            library SafeMath {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                                    uint256 c = a + b;
                                    if (c < a) return (false, 0);
                                    return (true, c);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the substraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                                    if (b > a) return (false, 0);
                                    return (true, a - b);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                                    // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
                                    // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
                                    // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
                                    if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
                                    uint256 c = a * b;
                                    if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
                                    return (true, c);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                                    if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
                                    return (true, a / b);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.4._
                                 */
                                function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
                                    if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
                                    return (true, a % b);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                                 * overflow.
                                 *
                                 * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - Addition cannot overflow.
                                 */
                                function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    uint256 c = a + b;
                                    require(c >= a, "SafeMath: addition overflow");
                                    return c;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                                 * overflow (when the result is negative).
                                 *
                                 * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
                                 */
                                function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    require(b <= a, "SafeMath: subtraction overflow");
                                    return a - b;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                                 * overflow.
                                 *
                                 * Counterpart to Solidity's `*` operator.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - Multiplication cannot overflow.
                                 */
                                function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    if (a == 0) return 0;
                                    uint256 c = a * b;
                                    require(c / a == b, "SafeMath: multiplication overflow");
                                    return c;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting on
                                 * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
                                 *
                                 * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
                                 * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
                                 * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                                 */
                                function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    require(b > 0, "SafeMath: division by zero");
                                    return a / b;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
                                 * reverting when dividing by zero.
                                 *
                                 * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
                                 * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
                                 * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                                 */
                                function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    require(b > 0, "SafeMath: modulo by zero");
                                    return a % b;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
                                 * overflow (when the result is negative).
                                 *
                                 * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
                                 * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {trySub}.
                                 *
                                 * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
                                 */
                                function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    require(b <= a, errorMessage);
                                    return a - b;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
                                 * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
                                 *
                                 * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
                                 * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryDiv}.
                                 *
                                 * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
                                 * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
                                 * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                                 */
                                function div(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    require(b > 0, errorMessage);
                                    return a / b;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
                                 * reverting with custom message when dividing by zero.
                                 *
                                 * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
                                 * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryMod}.
                                 *
                                 * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
                                 * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
                                 * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - The divisor cannot be zero.
                                 */
                                function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    require(b > 0, errorMessage);
                                    return a % b;
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { FiatTokenV2 } from "./FiatTokenV2.sol";
                            // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
                            /**
                             * @title FiatToken V2.1
                             * @notice ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves, version 2.1
                             */
                            contract FiatTokenV2_1 is FiatTokenV2 {
                                /**
                                 * @notice Initialize v2.1
                                 * @param lostAndFound  The address to which the locked funds are sent
                                 */
                                function initializeV2_1(address lostAndFound) external {
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line reason-string
                                    require(_initializedVersion == 1);
                                    uint256 lockedAmount = _balanceOf(address(this));
                                    if (lockedAmount > 0) {
                                        _transfer(address(this), lostAndFound, lockedAmount);
                                    }
                                    _blacklist(address(this));
                                    _initializedVersion = 2;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Version string for the EIP712 domain separator
                                 * @return Version string
                                 */
                                function version() external pure returns (string memory) {
                                    return "2";
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { FiatTokenV1_1 } from "../v1.1/FiatTokenV1_1.sol";
                            import { EIP712 } from "../util/EIP712.sol";
                            import { EIP3009 } from "./EIP3009.sol";
                            import { EIP2612 } from "./EIP2612.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title FiatToken V2
                             * @notice ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves, version 2
                             */
                            contract FiatTokenV2 is FiatTokenV1_1, EIP3009, EIP2612 {
                                uint8 internal _initializedVersion;
                                /**
                                 * @notice Initialize v2
                                 * @param newName   New token name
                                 */
                                function initializeV2(string calldata newName) external {
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line reason-string
                                    require(initialized && _initializedVersion == 0);
                                    name = newName;
                                    _DEPRECATED_CACHED_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = EIP712.makeDomainSeparator(
                                        newName,
                                        "2"
                                    );
                                    _initializedVersion = 1;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Increase the allowance by a given increment
                                 * @param spender   Spender's address
                                 * @param increment Amount of increase in allowance
                                 * @return True if successful
                                 */
                                function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 increment)
                                    external
                                    virtual
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                                    notBlacklisted(spender)
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _increaseAllowance(msg.sender, spender, increment);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Decrease the allowance by a given decrement
                                 * @param spender   Spender's address
                                 * @param decrement Amount of decrease in allowance
                                 * @return True if successful
                                 */
                                function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 decrement)
                                    external
                                    virtual
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                                    notBlacklisted(spender)
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _decreaseAllowance(msg.sender, spender, decrement);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Execute a transfer with a signed authorization
                                 * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param to            Payee's address
                                 * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                                 * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                                 * @param v             v of the signature
                                 * @param r             r of the signature
                                 * @param s             s of the signature
                                 */
                                function transferWithAuthorization(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 validAfter,
                                    uint256 validBefore,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) external whenNotPaused notBlacklisted(from) notBlacklisted(to) {
                                    _transferWithAuthorization(
                                        from,
                                        to,
                                        value,
                                        validAfter,
                                        validBefore,
                                        nonce,
                                        v,
                                        r,
                                        s
                                    );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Receive a transfer with a signed authorization from the payer
                                 * @dev This has an additional check to ensure that the payee's address
                                 * matches the caller of this function to prevent front-running attacks.
                                 * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param to            Payee's address
                                 * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                                 * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                                 * @param v             v of the signature
                                 * @param r             r of the signature
                                 * @param s             s of the signature
                                 */
                                function receiveWithAuthorization(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 validAfter,
                                    uint256 validBefore,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) external whenNotPaused notBlacklisted(from) notBlacklisted(to) {
                                    _receiveWithAuthorization(
                                        from,
                                        to,
                                        value,
                                        validAfter,
                                        validBefore,
                                        nonce,
                                        v,
                                        r,
                                        s
                                    );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Attempt to cancel an authorization
                                 * @dev Works only if the authorization is not yet used.
                                 * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                                 * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                                 * @param v             v of the signature
                                 * @param r             r of the signature
                                 * @param s             s of the signature
                                 */
                                function cancelAuthorization(
                                    address authorizer,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) external whenNotPaused {
                                    _cancelAuthorization(authorizer, nonce, v, r, s);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Update allowance with a signed permit
                                 * @param owner       Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param spender     Spender's address
                                 * @param value       Amount of allowance
                                 * @param deadline    The time at which the signature expires (unix time), or max uint256 value to signal no expiration
                                 * @param v           v of the signature
                                 * @param r           r of the signature
                                 * @param s           s of the signature
                                 */
                                function permit(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 deadline,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                )
                                    external
                                    virtual
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    notBlacklisted(owner)
                                    notBlacklisted(spender)
                                {
                                    _permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, s);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Internal function to increase the allowance by a given increment
                                 * @param owner     Token owner's address
                                 * @param spender   Spender's address
                                 * @param increment Amount of increase
                                 */
                                function _increaseAllowance(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 increment
                                ) internal override {
                                    _approve(owner, spender, allowed[owner][spender].add(increment));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Internal function to decrease the allowance by a given decrement
                                 * @param owner     Token owner's address
                                 * @param spender   Spender's address
                                 * @param decrement Amount of decrease
                                 */
                                function _decreaseAllowance(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 decrement
                                ) internal override {
                                    _approve(
                                        owner,
                                        spender,
                                        allowed[owner][spender].sub(
                                            decrement,
                                            "ERC20: decreased allowance below zero"
                                        )
                                    );
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            // solhint-disable func-name-mixedcase
                            /**
                             * @title EIP712 Domain
                             */
                            contract EIP712Domain {
                                // was originally DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
                                // but that has been moved to a method so we can override it in V2_2+
                                bytes32 internal _DEPRECATED_CACHED_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
                                /**
                                 * @notice Get the EIP712 Domain Separator.
                                 * @return The bytes32 EIP712 domain separator.
                                 */
                                function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32) {
                                    return _domainSeparator();
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Internal method to get the EIP712 Domain Separator.
                                 * @return The bytes32 EIP712 domain separator.
                                 */
                                function _domainSeparator() internal virtual view returns (bytes32) {
                                    return _DEPRECATED_CACHED_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { AbstractFiatTokenV2 } from "./AbstractFiatTokenV2.sol";
                            import { EIP712Domain } from "./EIP712Domain.sol";
                            import { SignatureChecker } from "../util/SignatureChecker.sol";
                            import { MessageHashUtils } from "../util/MessageHashUtils.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title EIP-3009
                             * @notice Provide internal implementation for gas-abstracted transfers
                             * @dev Contracts that inherit from this must wrap these with publicly
                             * accessible functions, optionally adding modifiers where necessary
                             */
                            abstract contract EIP3009 is AbstractFiatTokenV2, EIP712Domain {
                                // keccak256("TransferWithAuthorization(address from,address to,uint256 value,uint256 validAfter,uint256 validBefore,bytes32 nonce)")
                                bytes32
                                    public constant TRANSFER_WITH_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH = 0x7c7c6cdb67a18743f49ec6fa9b35f50d52ed05cbed4cc592e13b44501c1a2267;
                                // keccak256("ReceiveWithAuthorization(address from,address to,uint256 value,uint256 validAfter,uint256 validBefore,bytes32 nonce)")
                                bytes32
                                    public constant RECEIVE_WITH_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH = 0xd099cc98ef71107a616c4f0f941f04c322d8e254fe26b3c6668db87aae413de8;
                                // keccak256("CancelAuthorization(address authorizer,bytes32 nonce)")
                                bytes32
                                    public constant CANCEL_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH = 0x158b0a9edf7a828aad02f63cd515c68ef2f50ba807396f6d12842833a1597429;
                                /**
                                 * @dev authorizer address => nonce => bool (true if nonce is used)
                                 */
                                mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => bool)) private _authorizationStates;
                                event AuthorizationUsed(address indexed authorizer, bytes32 indexed nonce);
                                event AuthorizationCanceled(
                                    address indexed authorizer,
                                    bytes32 indexed nonce
                                );
                                /**
                                 * @notice Returns the state of an authorization
                                 * @dev Nonces are randomly generated 32-byte data unique to the
                                 * authorizer's address
                                 * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                                 * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                                 * @return True if the nonce is used
                                 */
                                function authorizationState(address authorizer, bytes32 nonce)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _authorizationStates[authorizer][nonce];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Execute a transfer with a signed authorization
                                 * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param to            Payee's address
                                 * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                                 * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                                 * @param v             v of the signature
                                 * @param r             r of the signature
                                 * @param s             s of the signature
                                 */
                                function _transferWithAuthorization(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 validAfter,
                                    uint256 validBefore,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal {
                                    _transferWithAuthorization(
                                        from,
                                        to,
                                        value,
                                        validAfter,
                                        validBefore,
                                        nonce,
                                        abi.encodePacked(r, s, v)
                                    );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Execute a transfer with a signed authorization
                                 * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                                 * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param to            Payee's address
                                 * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                                 * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                                 * @param signature     Signature byte array produced by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                                 */
                                function _transferWithAuthorization(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 validAfter,
                                    uint256 validBefore,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal {
                                    _requireValidAuthorization(from, nonce, validAfter, validBefore);
                                    _requireValidSignature(
                                        from,
                                        keccak256(
                                            abi.encode(
                                                TRANSFER_WITH_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH,
                                                from,
                                                to,
                                                value,
                                                validAfter,
                                                validBefore,
                                                nonce
                                            )
                                        ),
                                        signature
                                    );
                                    _markAuthorizationAsUsed(from, nonce);
                                    _transfer(from, to, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Receive a transfer with a signed authorization from the payer
                                 * @dev This has an additional check to ensure that the payee's address
                                 * matches the caller of this function to prevent front-running attacks.
                                 * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param to            Payee's address
                                 * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                                 * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                                 * @param v             v of the signature
                                 * @param r             r of the signature
                                 * @param s             s of the signature
                                 */
                                function _receiveWithAuthorization(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 validAfter,
                                    uint256 validBefore,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal {
                                    _receiveWithAuthorization(
                                        from,
                                        to,
                                        value,
                                        validAfter,
                                        validBefore,
                                        nonce,
                                        abi.encodePacked(r, s, v)
                                    );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Receive a transfer with a signed authorization from the payer
                                 * @dev This has an additional check to ensure that the payee's address
                                 * matches the caller of this function to prevent front-running attacks.
                                 * EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                                 * @param from          Payer's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param to            Payee's address
                                 * @param value         Amount to be transferred
                                 * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param nonce         Unique nonce
                                 * @param signature     Signature byte array produced by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                                 */
                                function _receiveWithAuthorization(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 validAfter,
                                    uint256 validBefore,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal {
                                    require(to == msg.sender, "FiatTokenV2: caller must be the payee");
                                    _requireValidAuthorization(from, nonce, validAfter, validBefore);
                                    _requireValidSignature(
                                        from,
                                        keccak256(
                                            abi.encode(
                                                RECEIVE_WITH_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH,
                                                from,
                                                to,
                                                value,
                                                validAfter,
                                                validBefore,
                                                nonce
                                            )
                                        ),
                                        signature
                                    );
                                    _markAuthorizationAsUsed(from, nonce);
                                    _transfer(from, to, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Attempt to cancel an authorization
                                 * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                                 * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                                 * @param v             v of the signature
                                 * @param r             r of the signature
                                 * @param s             s of the signature
                                 */
                                function _cancelAuthorization(
                                    address authorizer,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal {
                                    _cancelAuthorization(authorizer, nonce, abi.encodePacked(r, s, v));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Attempt to cancel an authorization
                                 * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                                 * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                                 * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                                 * @param signature     Signature byte array produced by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                                 */
                                function _cancelAuthorization(
                                    address authorizer,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal {
                                    _requireUnusedAuthorization(authorizer, nonce);
                                    _requireValidSignature(
                                        authorizer,
                                        keccak256(
                                            abi.encode(CANCEL_AUTHORIZATION_TYPEHASH, authorizer, nonce)
                                        ),
                                        signature
                                    );
                                    _authorizationStates[authorizer][nonce] = true;
                                    emit AuthorizationCanceled(authorizer, nonce);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Validates that signature against input data struct
                                 * @param signer        Signer's address
                                 * @param dataHash      Hash of encoded data struct
                                 * @param signature     Signature byte array produced by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                                 */
                                function _requireValidSignature(
                                    address signer,
                                    bytes32 dataHash,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) private view {
                                    require(
                                        SignatureChecker.isValidSignatureNow(
                                            signer,
                                            MessageHashUtils.toTypedDataHash(_domainSeparator(), dataHash),
                                            signature
                                        ),
                                        "FiatTokenV2: invalid signature"
                                    );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Check that an authorization is unused
                                 * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                                 * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                                 */
                                function _requireUnusedAuthorization(address authorizer, bytes32 nonce)
                                    private
                                    view
                                {
                                    require(
                                        !_authorizationStates[authorizer][nonce],
                                        "FiatTokenV2: authorization is used or canceled"
                                    );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Check that authorization is valid
                                 * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                                 * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                                 * @param validAfter    The time after which this is valid (unix time)
                                 * @param validBefore   The time before which this is valid (unix time)
                                 */
                                function _requireValidAuthorization(
                                    address authorizer,
                                    bytes32 nonce,
                                    uint256 validAfter,
                                    uint256 validBefore
                                ) private view {
                                    require(
                                        now > validAfter,
                                        "FiatTokenV2: authorization is not yet valid"
                                    );
                                    require(now < validBefore, "FiatTokenV2: authorization is expired");
                                    _requireUnusedAuthorization(authorizer, nonce);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Mark an authorization as used
                                 * @param authorizer    Authorizer's address
                                 * @param nonce         Nonce of the authorization
                                 */
                                function _markAuthorizationAsUsed(address authorizer, bytes32 nonce)
                                    private
                                {
                                    _authorizationStates[authorizer][nonce] = true;
                                    emit AuthorizationUsed(authorizer, nonce);
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { AbstractFiatTokenV2 } from "./AbstractFiatTokenV2.sol";
                            import { EIP712Domain } from "./EIP712Domain.sol";
                            import { MessageHashUtils } from "../util/MessageHashUtils.sol";
                            import { SignatureChecker } from "../util/SignatureChecker.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title EIP-2612
                             * @notice Provide internal implementation for gas-abstracted approvals
                             */
                            abstract contract EIP2612 is AbstractFiatTokenV2, EIP712Domain {
                                // keccak256("Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)")
                                bytes32
                                    public constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH = 0x6e71edae12b1b97f4d1f60370fef10105fa2faae0126114a169c64845d6126c9;
                                mapping(address => uint256) private _permitNonces;
                                /**
                                 * @notice Nonces for permit
                                 * @param owner Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @return Next nonce
                                 */
                                function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256) {
                                    return _permitNonces[owner];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Verify a signed approval permit and execute if valid
                                 * @param owner     Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param spender   Spender's address
                                 * @param value     Amount of allowance
                                 * @param deadline  The time at which the signature expires (unix time), or max uint256 value to signal no expiration
                                 * @param v         v of the signature
                                 * @param r         r of the signature
                                 * @param s         s of the signature
                                 */
                                function _permit(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 deadline,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal {
                                    _permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, abi.encodePacked(r, s, v));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Verify a signed approval permit and execute if valid
                                 * @dev EOA wallet signatures should be packed in the order of r, s, v.
                                 * @param owner      Token owner's address (Authorizer)
                                 * @param spender    Spender's address
                                 * @param value      Amount of allowance
                                 * @param deadline   The time at which the signature expires (unix time), or max uint256 value to signal no expiration
                                 * @param signature  Signature byte array signed by an EOA wallet or a contract wallet
                                 */
                                function _permit(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    uint256 deadline,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal {
                                    require(
                                        deadline == type(uint256).max || deadline >= now,
                                        "FiatTokenV2: permit is expired"
                                    );
                                    bytes32 typedDataHash = MessageHashUtils.toTypedDataHash(
                                        _domainSeparator(),
                                        keccak256(
                                            abi.encode(
                                                PERMIT_TYPEHASH,
                                                owner,
                                                spender,
                                                value,
                                                _permitNonces[owner]++,
                                                deadline
                                            )
                                        )
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        SignatureChecker.isValidSignatureNow(
                                            owner,
                                            typedDataHash,
                                            signature
                                        ),
                                        "EIP2612: invalid signature"
                                    );
                                    _approve(owner, spender, value);
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { AbstractFiatTokenV1 } from "../v1/AbstractFiatTokenV1.sol";
                            abstract contract AbstractFiatTokenV2 is AbstractFiatTokenV1 {
                                function _increaseAllowance(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 increment
                                ) internal virtual;
                                function _decreaseAllowance(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 decrement
                                ) internal virtual;
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2016 Smart Contract Solutions, Inc.
                             * Copyright (c) 2018-2020 CENTRE SECZ
                             *
                             * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
                             * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
                             * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
                             * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
                             * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
                             * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
                             *
                             * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
                             * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
                             *
                             * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
                             * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
                             * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
                             * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
                             * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
                             * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
                             * SOFTWARE.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { Ownable } from "./Ownable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @notice Base contract which allows children to implement an emergency stop
                             * mechanism
                             * @dev Forked from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/feb665136c0dae9912e08397c1a21c4af3651ef3/contracts/lifecycle/Pausable.sol
                             * Modifications:
                             * 1. Added pauser role, switched pause/unpause to be onlyPauser (6/14/2018)
                             * 2. Removed whenNotPause/whenPaused from pause/unpause (6/14/2018)
                             * 3. Removed whenPaused (6/14/2018)
                             * 4. Switches ownable library to use ZeppelinOS (7/12/18)
                             * 5. Remove constructor (7/13/18)
                             * 6. Reformat, conform to Solidity 0.6 syntax and add error messages (5/13/20)
                             * 7. Make public functions external (5/27/20)
                             */
                            contract Pausable is Ownable {
                                event Pause();
                                event Unpause();
                                event PauserChanged(address indexed newAddress);
                                address public pauser;
                                bool public paused = false;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
                                 */
                                modifier whenNotPaused() {
                                    require(!paused, "Pausable: paused");
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev throws if called by any account other than the pauser
                                 */
                                modifier onlyPauser() {
                                    require(msg.sender == pauser, "Pausable: caller is not the pauser");
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev called by the owner to pause, triggers stopped state
                                 */
                                function pause() external onlyPauser {
                                    paused = true;
                                    emit Pause();
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev called by the owner to unpause, returns to normal state
                                 */
                                function unpause() external onlyPauser {
                                    paused = false;
                                    emit Unpause();
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Updates the pauser address.
                                 * @param _newPauser The address of the new pauser.
                                 */
                                function updatePauser(address _newPauser) external onlyOwner {
                                    require(
                                        _newPauser != address(0),
                                        "Pausable: new pauser is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    pauser = _newPauser;
                                    emit PauserChanged(pauser);
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2018 zOS Global Limited.
                             * Copyright (c) 2018-2020 CENTRE SECZ
                             *
                             * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
                             * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
                             * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
                             * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
                             * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
                             * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
                             *
                             * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
                             * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
                             *
                             * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
                             * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
                             * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
                             * AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
                             * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
                             * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
                             * SOFTWARE.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            /**
                             * @notice The Ownable contract has an owner address, and provides basic
                             * authorization control functions
                             * @dev Forked from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-labs/blob/3887ab77b8adafba4a26ace002f3a684c1a3388b/upgradeability_ownership/contracts/ownership/Ownable.sol
                             * Modifications:
                             * 1. Consolidate OwnableStorage into this contract (7/13/18)
                             * 2. Reformat, conform to Solidity 0.6 syntax, and add error messages (5/13/20)
                             * 3. Make public functions external (5/27/20)
                             */
                            contract Ownable {
                                // Owner of the contract
                                address private _owner;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Event to show ownership has been transferred
                                 * @param previousOwner representing the address of the previous owner
                                 * @param newOwner representing the address of the new owner
                                 */
                                event OwnershipTransferred(address previousOwner, address newOwner);
                                /**
                                 * @dev The constructor sets the original owner of the contract to the sender account.
                                 */
                                constructor() public {
                                    setOwner(msg.sender);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Tells the address of the owner
                                 * @return the address of the owner
                                 */
                                function owner() external view returns (address) {
                                    return _owner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Sets a new owner address
                                 */
                                function setOwner(address newOwner) internal {
                                    _owner = newOwner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyOwner() {
                                    require(msg.sender == _owner, "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                 * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                 */
                                function transferOwnership(address newOwner) external onlyOwner {
                                    require(
                                        newOwner != address(0),
                                        "Ownable: new owner is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newOwner);
                                    setOwner(newOwner);
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { SafeMath } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/math/SafeMath.sol";
                            import { AbstractFiatTokenV1 } from "./AbstractFiatTokenV1.sol";
                            import { Ownable } from "./Ownable.sol";
                            import { Pausable } from "./Pausable.sol";
                            import { Blacklistable } from "./Blacklistable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title FiatToken
                             * @dev ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves
                             */
                            contract FiatTokenV1 is AbstractFiatTokenV1, Ownable, Pausable, Blacklistable {
                                using SafeMath for uint256;
                                string public name;
                                string public symbol;
                                uint8 public decimals;
                                string public currency;
                                address public masterMinter;
                                bool internal initialized;
                                /// @dev A mapping that stores the balance and blacklist states for a given address.
                                /// The first bit defines whether the address is blacklisted (1 if blacklisted, 0 otherwise).
                                /// The last 255 bits define the balance for the address.
                                mapping(address => uint256) internal balanceAndBlacklistStates;
                                mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) internal allowed;
                                uint256 internal totalSupply_ = 0;
                                mapping(address => bool) internal minters;
                                mapping(address => uint256) internal minterAllowed;
                                event Mint(address indexed minter, address indexed to, uint256 amount);
                                event Burn(address indexed burner, uint256 amount);
                                event MinterConfigured(address indexed minter, uint256 minterAllowedAmount);
                                event MinterRemoved(address indexed oldMinter);
                                event MasterMinterChanged(address indexed newMasterMinter);
                                /**
                                 * @notice Initializes the fiat token contract.
                                 * @param tokenName       The name of the fiat token.
                                 * @param tokenSymbol     The symbol of the fiat token.
                                 * @param tokenCurrency   The fiat currency that the token represents.
                                 * @param tokenDecimals   The number of decimals that the token uses.
                                 * @param newMasterMinter The masterMinter address for the fiat token.
                                 * @param newPauser       The pauser address for the fiat token.
                                 * @param newBlacklister  The blacklister address for the fiat token.
                                 * @param newOwner        The owner of the fiat token.
                                 */
                                function initialize(
                                    string memory tokenName,
                                    string memory tokenSymbol,
                                    string memory tokenCurrency,
                                    uint8 tokenDecimals,
                                    address newMasterMinter,
                                    address newPauser,
                                    address newBlacklister,
                                    address newOwner
                                ) public {
                                    require(!initialized, "FiatToken: contract is already initialized");
                                    require(
                                        newMasterMinter != address(0),
                                        "FiatToken: new masterMinter is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        newPauser != address(0),
                                        "FiatToken: new pauser is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        newBlacklister != address(0),
                                        "FiatToken: new blacklister is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    require(
                                        newOwner != address(0),
                                        "FiatToken: new owner is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    name = tokenName;
                                    symbol = tokenSymbol;
                                    currency = tokenCurrency;
                                    decimals = tokenDecimals;
                                    masterMinter = newMasterMinter;
                                    pauser = newPauser;
                                    blacklister = newBlacklister;
                                    setOwner(newOwner);
                                    initialized = true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if called by any account other than a minter.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyMinters() {
                                    require(minters[msg.sender], "FiatToken: caller is not a minter");
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Mints fiat tokens to an address.
                                 * @param _to The address that will receive the minted tokens.
                                 * @param _amount The amount of tokens to mint. Must be less than or equal
                                 * to the minterAllowance of the caller.
                                 * @return True if the operation was successful.
                                 */
                                function mint(address _to, uint256 _amount)
                                    external
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    onlyMinters
                                    notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                                    notBlacklisted(_to)
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    require(_to != address(0), "FiatToken: mint to the zero address");
                                    require(_amount > 0, "FiatToken: mint amount not greater than 0");
                                    uint256 mintingAllowedAmount = minterAllowed[msg.sender];
                                    require(
                                        _amount <= mintingAllowedAmount,
                                        "FiatToken: mint amount exceeds minterAllowance"
                                    );
                                    totalSupply_ = totalSupply_.add(_amount);
                                    _setBalance(_to, _balanceOf(_to).add(_amount));
                                    minterAllowed[msg.sender] = mintingAllowedAmount.sub(_amount);
                                    emit Mint(msg.sender, _to, _amount);
                                    emit Transfer(address(0), _to, _amount);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the masterMinter
                                 */
                                modifier onlyMasterMinter() {
                                    require(
                                        msg.sender == masterMinter,
                                        "FiatToken: caller is not the masterMinter"
                                    );
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Gets the minter allowance for an account.
                                 * @param minter The address to check.
                                 * @return The remaining minter allowance for the account.
                                 */
                                function minterAllowance(address minter) external view returns (uint256) {
                                    return minterAllowed[minter];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Checks if an account is a minter.
                                 * @param account The address to check.
                                 * @return True if the account is a minter, false if the account is not a minter.
                                 */
                                function isMinter(address account) external view returns (bool) {
                                    return minters[account];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Gets the remaining amount of fiat tokens a spender is allowed to transfer on
                                 * behalf of the token owner.
                                 * @param owner   The token owner's address.
                                 * @param spender The spender's address.
                                 * @return The remaining allowance.
                                 */
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                    external
                                    override
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return allowed[owner][spender];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Gets the totalSupply of the fiat token.
                                 * @return The totalSupply of the fiat token.
                                 */
                                function totalSupply() external override view returns (uint256) {
                                    return totalSupply_;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Gets the fiat token balance of an account.
                                 * @param account  The address to check.
                                 * @return balance The fiat token balance of the account.
                                 */
                                function balanceOf(address account)
                                    external
                                    override
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return _balanceOf(account);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Sets a fiat token allowance for a spender to spend on behalf of the caller.
                                 * @param spender The spender's address.
                                 * @param value   The allowance amount.
                                 * @return True if the operation was successful.
                                 */
                                function approve(address spender, uint256 value)
                                    external
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                                    notBlacklisted(spender)
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _approve(msg.sender, spender, value);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Internal function to set allowance.
                                 * @param owner     Token owner's address.
                                 * @param spender   Spender's address.
                                 * @param value     Allowance amount.
                                 */
                                function _approve(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal override {
                                    require(owner != address(0), "ERC20: approve from the zero address");
                                    require(spender != address(0), "ERC20: approve to the zero address");
                                    allowed[owner][spender] = value;
                                    emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Transfers tokens from an address to another by spending the caller's allowance.
                                 * @dev The caller must have some fiat token allowance on the payer's tokens.
                                 * @param from  Payer's address.
                                 * @param to    Payee's address.
                                 * @param value Transfer amount.
                                 * @return True if the operation was successful.
                                 */
                                function transferFrom(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value
                                )
                                    external
                                    override
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                                    notBlacklisted(from)
                                    notBlacklisted(to)
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    require(
                                        value <= allowed[from][msg.sender],
                                        "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds allowance"
                                    );
                                    _transfer(from, to, value);
                                    allowed[from][msg.sender] = allowed[from][msg.sender].sub(value);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Transfers tokens from the caller.
                                 * @param to    Payee's address.
                                 * @param value Transfer amount.
                                 * @return True if the operation was successful.
                                 */
                                function transfer(address to, uint256 value)
                                    external
                                    override
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                                    notBlacklisted(to)
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    _transfer(msg.sender, to, value);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Internal function to process transfers.
                                 * @param from  Payer's address.
                                 * @param to    Payee's address.
                                 * @param value Transfer amount.
                                 */
                                function _transfer(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal override {
                                    require(from != address(0), "ERC20: transfer from the zero address");
                                    require(to != address(0), "ERC20: transfer to the zero address");
                                    require(
                                        value <= _balanceOf(from),
                                        "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds balance"
                                    );
                                    _setBalance(from, _balanceOf(from).sub(value));
                                    _setBalance(to, _balanceOf(to).add(value));
                                    emit Transfer(from, to, value);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Adds or updates a new minter with a mint allowance.
                                 * @param minter The address of the minter.
                                 * @param minterAllowedAmount The minting amount allowed for the minter.
                                 * @return True if the operation was successful.
                                 */
                                function configureMinter(address minter, uint256 minterAllowedAmount)
                                    external
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    onlyMasterMinter
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    minters[minter] = true;
                                    minterAllowed[minter] = minterAllowedAmount;
                                    emit MinterConfigured(minter, minterAllowedAmount);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Removes a minter.
                                 * @param minter The address of the minter to remove.
                                 * @return True if the operation was successful.
                                 */
                                function removeMinter(address minter)
                                    external
                                    onlyMasterMinter
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    minters[minter] = false;
                                    minterAllowed[minter] = 0;
                                    emit MinterRemoved(minter);
                                    return true;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Allows a minter to burn some of its own tokens.
                                 * @dev The caller must be a minter, must not be blacklisted, and the amount to burn
                                 * should be less than or equal to the account's balance.
                                 * @param _amount the amount of tokens to be burned.
                                 */
                                function burn(uint256 _amount)
                                    external
                                    whenNotPaused
                                    onlyMinters
                                    notBlacklisted(msg.sender)
                                {
                                    uint256 balance = _balanceOf(msg.sender);
                                    require(_amount > 0, "FiatToken: burn amount not greater than 0");
                                    require(balance >= _amount, "FiatToken: burn amount exceeds balance");
                                    totalSupply_ = totalSupply_.sub(_amount);
                                    _setBalance(msg.sender, balance.sub(_amount));
                                    emit Burn(msg.sender, _amount);
                                    emit Transfer(msg.sender, address(0), _amount);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Updates the master minter address.
                                 * @param _newMasterMinter The address of the new master minter.
                                 */
                                function updateMasterMinter(address _newMasterMinter) external onlyOwner {
                                    require(
                                        _newMasterMinter != address(0),
                                        "FiatToken: new masterMinter is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    masterMinter = _newMasterMinter;
                                    emit MasterMinterChanged(masterMinter);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @inheritdoc Blacklistable
                                 */
                                function _blacklist(address _account) internal override {
                                    _setBlacklistState(_account, true);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @inheritdoc Blacklistable
                                 */
                                function _unBlacklist(address _account) internal override {
                                    _setBlacklistState(_account, false);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Helper method that sets the blacklist state of an account.
                                 * @param _account         The address of the account.
                                 * @param _shouldBlacklist True if the account should be blacklisted, false if the account should be unblacklisted.
                                 */
                                function _setBlacklistState(address _account, bool _shouldBlacklist)
                                    internal
                                    virtual
                                {
                                    _deprecatedBlacklisted[_account] = _shouldBlacklist;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Helper method that sets the balance of an account.
                                 * @param _account The address of the account.
                                 * @param _balance The new fiat token balance of the account.
                                 */
                                function _setBalance(address _account, uint256 _balance) internal virtual {
                                    balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account] = _balance;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @inheritdoc Blacklistable
                                 */
                                function _isBlacklisted(address _account)
                                    internal
                                    virtual
                                    override
                                    view
                                    returns (bool)
                                {
                                    return _deprecatedBlacklisted[_account];
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Helper method to obtain the balance of an account.
                                 * @param _account  The address of the account.
                                 * @return          The fiat token balance of the account.
                                 */
                                function _balanceOf(address _account)
                                    internal
                                    virtual
                                    view
                                    returns (uint256)
                                {
                                    return balanceAndBlacklistStates[_account];
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { Ownable } from "./Ownable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title Blacklistable Token
                             * @dev Allows accounts to be blacklisted by a "blacklister" role
                             */
                            abstract contract Blacklistable is Ownable {
                                address public blacklister;
                                mapping(address => bool) internal _deprecatedBlacklisted;
                                event Blacklisted(address indexed _account);
                                event UnBlacklisted(address indexed _account);
                                event BlacklisterChanged(address indexed newBlacklister);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the blacklister.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyBlacklister() {
                                    require(
                                        msg.sender == blacklister,
                                        "Blacklistable: caller is not the blacklister"
                                    );
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if argument account is blacklisted.
                                 * @param _account The address to check.
                                 */
                                modifier notBlacklisted(address _account) {
                                    require(
                                        !_isBlacklisted(_account),
                                        "Blacklistable: account is blacklisted"
                                    );
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Checks if account is blacklisted.
                                 * @param _account The address to check.
                                 * @return True if the account is blacklisted, false if the account is not blacklisted.
                                 */
                                function isBlacklisted(address _account) external view returns (bool) {
                                    return _isBlacklisted(_account);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Adds account to blacklist.
                                 * @param _account The address to blacklist.
                                 */
                                function blacklist(address _account) external onlyBlacklister {
                                    _blacklist(_account);
                                    emit Blacklisted(_account);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Removes account from blacklist.
                                 * @param _account The address to remove from the blacklist.
                                 */
                                function unBlacklist(address _account) external onlyBlacklister {
                                    _unBlacklist(_account);
                                    emit UnBlacklisted(_account);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Updates the blacklister address.
                                 * @param _newBlacklister The address of the new blacklister.
                                 */
                                function updateBlacklister(address _newBlacklister) external onlyOwner {
                                    require(
                                        _newBlacklister != address(0),
                                        "Blacklistable: new blacklister is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    blacklister = _newBlacklister;
                                    emit BlacklisterChanged(blacklister);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Checks if account is blacklisted.
                                 * @param _account The address to check.
                                 * @return true if the account is blacklisted, false otherwise.
                                 */
                                function _isBlacklisted(address _account)
                                    internal
                                    virtual
                                    view
                                    returns (bool);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Helper method that blacklists an account.
                                 * @param _account The address to blacklist.
                                 */
                                function _blacklist(address _account) internal virtual;
                                /**
                                 * @dev Helper method that unblacklists an account.
                                 * @param _account The address to unblacklist.
                                 */
                                function _unBlacklist(address _account) internal virtual;
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { IERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
                            abstract contract AbstractFiatTokenV1 is IERC20 {
                                function _approve(
                                    address owner,
                                    address spender,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal virtual;
                                function _transfer(
                                    address from,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal virtual;
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { Ownable } from "../v1/Ownable.sol";
                            import { IERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
                            import { SafeERC20 } from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/SafeERC20.sol";
                            contract Rescuable is Ownable {
                                using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                                address private _rescuer;
                                event RescuerChanged(address indexed newRescuer);
                                /**
                                 * @notice Returns current rescuer
                                 * @return Rescuer's address
                                 */
                                function rescuer() external view returns (address) {
                                    return _rescuer;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Revert if called by any account other than the rescuer.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyRescuer() {
                                    require(msg.sender == _rescuer, "Rescuable: caller is not the rescuer");
                                    _;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Rescue ERC20 tokens locked up in this contract.
                                 * @param tokenContract ERC20 token contract address
                                 * @param to        Recipient address
                                 * @param amount    Amount to withdraw
                                 */
                                function rescueERC20(
                                    IERC20 tokenContract,
                                    address to,
                                    uint256 amount
                                ) external onlyRescuer {
                                    tokenContract.safeTransfer(to, amount);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Updates the rescuer address.
                                 * @param newRescuer The address of the new rescuer.
                                 */
                                function updateRescuer(address newRescuer) external onlyOwner {
                                    require(
                                        newRescuer != address(0),
                                        "Rescuable: new rescuer is the zero address"
                                    );
                                    _rescuer = newRescuer;
                                    emit RescuerChanged(newRescuer);
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { FiatTokenV1 } from "../v1/FiatTokenV1.sol";
                            import { Rescuable } from "./Rescuable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title FiatTokenV1_1
                             * @dev ERC20 Token backed by fiat reserves
                             */
                            contract FiatTokenV1_1 is FiatTokenV1, Rescuable {
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            import { ECRecover } from "./ECRecover.sol";
                            import { IERC1271 } from "../interface/IERC1271.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Signature verification helper that can be used instead of `ECRecover.recover` to seamlessly support both ECDSA
                             * signatures from externally owned accounts (EOAs) as well as ERC1271 signatures from smart contract wallets.
                             *
                             * Adapted from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/21bb89ef5bfc789b9333eb05e3ba2b7b284ac77c/contracts/utils/cryptography/SignatureChecker.sol
                             */
                            library SignatureChecker {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. If the signer is a smart contract, the
                                 * signature is validated against that smart contract using ERC1271, otherwise it's validated using `ECRecover.recover`.
                                 * @param signer        Address of the claimed signer
                                 * @param digest        Keccak-256 hash digest of the signed message
                                 * @param signature     Signature byte array associated with hash
                                 */
                                function isValidSignatureNow(
                                    address signer,
                                    bytes32 digest,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) external view returns (bool) {
                                    if (!isContract(signer)) {
                                        return ECRecover.recover(digest, signature) == signer;
                                    }
                                    return isValidERC1271SignatureNow(signer, digest, signature);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. The signature is validated
                                 * against the signer smart contract using ERC1271.
                                 * @param signer        Address of the claimed signer
                                 * @param digest        Keccak-256 hash digest of the signed message
                                 * @param signature     Signature byte array associated with hash
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Unlike ECDSA signatures, contract signatures are revocable, and the outcome of this function can thus
                                 * change through time. It could return true at block N and false at block N+1 (or the opposite).
                                 */
                                function isValidERC1271SignatureNow(
                                    address signer,
                                    bytes32 digest,
                                    bytes memory signature
                                ) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    (bool success, bytes memory result) = signer.staticcall(
                                        abi.encodeWithSelector(
                                            IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector,
                                            digest,
                                            signature
                                        )
                                    );
                                    return (success &&
                                        result.length >= 32 &&
                                        abi.decode(result, (bytes32)) ==
                                        bytes32(IERC1271.isValidSignature.selector));
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Checks if the input address is a smart contract.
                                 */
                                function isContract(address addr) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    uint256 size;
                                    assembly {
                                        size := extcodesize(addr)
                                    }
                                    return size > 0;
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            /**
                             * @dev Signature message hash utilities for producing digests to be consumed by {ECDSA} recovery or signing.
                             *
                             * The library provides methods for generating a hash of a message that conforms to the
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-191[EIP 191] and https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712]
                             * specifications.
                             */
                            library MessageHashUtils {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-712 typed data (EIP-191 version `0x01`).
                                 * Adapted from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/21bb89ef5bfc789b9333eb05e3ba2b7b284ac77c/contracts/utils/cryptography/MessageHashUtils.sol
                                 *
                                 * The digest is calculated from a `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`, by prefixing them with
                                 * `\\x19\\x01` and hashing the result. It corresponds to the hash signed by the
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`] JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
                                 *
                                 * @param domainSeparator    Domain separator
                                 * @param structHash         Hashed EIP-712 data struct
                                 * @return digest            The keccak256 digest of an EIP-712 typed data
                                 */
                                function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash)
                                    internal
                                    pure
                                    returns (bytes32 digest)
                                {
                                    assembly {
                                        let ptr := mload(0x40)
                                        mstore(ptr, "\\x19\\x01")
                                        mstore(add(ptr, 0x02), domainSeparator)
                                        mstore(add(ptr, 0x22), structHash)
                                        digest := keccak256(ptr, 0x42)
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            /**
                             * @title EIP712
                             * @notice A library that provides EIP712 helper functions
                             */
                            library EIP712 {
                                /**
                                 * @notice Make EIP712 domain separator
                                 * @param name      Contract name
                                 * @param version   Contract version
                                 * @param chainId   Blockchain ID
                                 * @return Domain separator
                                 */
                                function makeDomainSeparator(
                                    string memory name,
                                    string memory version,
                                    uint256 chainId
                                ) internal view returns (bytes32) {
                                    return
                                        keccak256(
                                            abi.encode(
                                                // keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)")
                                                0x8b73c3c69bb8fe3d512ecc4cf759cc79239f7b179b0ffacaa9a75d522b39400f,
                                                keccak256(bytes(name)),
                                                keccak256(bytes(version)),
                                                chainId,
                                                address(this)
                                            )
                                        );
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Make EIP712 domain separator
                                 * @param name      Contract name
                                 * @param version   Contract version
                                 * @return Domain separator
                                 */
                                function makeDomainSeparator(string memory name, string memory version)
                                    internal
                                    view
                                    returns (bytes32)
                                {
                                    uint256 chainId;
                                    assembly {
                                        chainId := chainid()
                                    }
                                    return makeDomainSeparator(name, version, chainId);
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            /**
                             * @title ECRecover
                             * @notice A library that provides a safe ECDSA recovery function
                             */
                            library ECRecover {
                                /**
                                 * @notice Recover signer's address from a signed message
                                 * @dev Adapted from: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/65e4ffde586ec89af3b7e9140bdc9235d1254853/contracts/cryptography/ECDSA.sol
                                 * Modifications: Accept v, r, and s as separate arguments
                                 * @param digest    Keccak-256 hash digest of the signed message
                                 * @param v         v of the signature
                                 * @param r         r of the signature
                                 * @param s         s of the signature
                                 * @return Signer address
                                 */
                                function recover(
                                    bytes32 digest,
                                    uint8 v,
                                    bytes32 r,
                                    bytes32 s
                                ) internal pure returns (address) {
                                    // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
                                    // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
                                    // the valid range for s in (281): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (282): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
                                    // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
                                    //
                                    // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
                                    // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
                                    // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
                                    // these malleable signatures as well.
                                    if (
                                        uint256(s) >
                                        0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0
                                    ) {
                                        revert("ECRecover: invalid signature 's' value");
                                    }
                                    if (v != 27 && v != 28) {
                                        revert("ECRecover: invalid signature 'v' value");
                                    }
                                    // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
                                    address signer = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
                                    require(signer != address(0), "ECRecover: invalid signature");
                                    return signer;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @notice Recover signer's address from a signed message
                                 * @dev Adapted from: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/0053ee040a7ff1dbc39691c9e67a69f564930a88/contracts/utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol
                                 * @param digest    Keccak-256 hash digest of the signed message
                                 * @param signature Signature byte array associated with hash
                                 * @return Signer address
                                 */
                                function recover(bytes32 digest, bytes memory signature)
                                    internal
                                    pure
                                    returns (address)
                                {
                                    require(signature.length == 65, "ECRecover: invalid signature length");
                                    bytes32 r;
                                    bytes32 s;
                                    uint8 v;
                                    // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
                                    // currently is to use assembly.
                                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                    assembly {
                                        r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                                        s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                                        v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
                                    }
                                    return recover(digest, v, r, s);
                                }
                            }
                            /**
                             * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
                             *
                             * Copyright (c) 2023, Circle Internet Financial, LLC.
                             *
                             * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
                             * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
                             * You may obtain a copy of the License at
                             *
                             * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
                             *
                             * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
                             * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
                             * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
                             * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
                             * limitations under the License.
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.6.12;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC1271 standard signature validation method for
                             * contracts as defined in https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1271[ERC-1271].
                             */
                            interface IERC1271 {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
                                 * @param hash          Hash of the data to be signed
                                 * @param signature     Signature byte array associated with the provided data hash
                                 * @return magicValue   bytes4 magic value 0x1626ba7e when function passes
                                 */
                                function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature)
                                    external
                                    view
                                    returns (bytes4 magicValue);
                            }
                            

                            File 6 of 10: TokenApprove
                            /**
                             *Submitted for verification at BscScan.com on 2023-06-26
                            */
                            
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
                            
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
                            
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
                            
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Address.sol)
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                             */
                            library AddressUpgradeable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                                 *
                                 * [IMPORTANT]
                                 * ====
                                 * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                                 * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                                 *
                                 * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                                 * types of addresses:
                                 *
                                 *  - an externally-owned account
                                 *  - a contract in construction
                                 *  - an address where a contract will be created
                                 *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                                 * ====
                                 */
                                function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
                                    // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
                                    // constructor execution.
                            
                                    uint256 size;
                                    assembly {
                                        size := extcodesize(account)
                                    }
                                    return size > 0;
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                                 * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                                 *
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                                 * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                                 * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                                 * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                                 *
                                 * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                                 * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                                 * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                                 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                                 */
                                function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                            
                                    (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                                    require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                                 * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                                 * function instead.
                                 *
                                 * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                                 * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                                 *
                                 * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                                 * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - `target` must be a contract.
                                 * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                                 * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCall(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                                 *
                                 * Requirements:
                                 *
                                 * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                                 * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    uint256 value
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                                 * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.1._
                                 */
                                function functionCallWithValue(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    uint256 value,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                            
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                                    return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                 * but performing a static call.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v3.3._
                                 */
                                function functionStaticCall(
                                    address target,
                                    bytes memory data,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                    require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                            
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                                    return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
                                 * revert reason using the provided one.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v4.3._
                                 */
                                function verifyCallResult(
                                    bool success,
                                    bytes memory returndata,
                                    string memory errorMessage
                                ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
                                    if (success) {
                                        return returndata;
                                    } else {
                                        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                        if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                            
                                            assembly {
                                                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                            }
                                        } else {
                                            revert(errorMessage);
                                        }
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
                             * behind a proxy. Since a proxied contract can't have a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
                             * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
                             * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
                             *
                             * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
                             * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
                             *
                             * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
                             * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
                             *
                             * [CAUTION]
                             * ====
                             * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
                             *
                             * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
                             * contract, which may impact the proxy. To initialize the implementation contract, you can either invoke the
                             * initializer manually, or you can include a constructor to automatically mark it as initialized when it is deployed:
                             *
                             * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
                             * ```
                             * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
                             * constructor() initializer {}
                             * ```
                             * ====
                             */
                            abstract contract Initializable {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
                                 */
                                bool private _initialized;
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
                                 */
                                bool private _initializing;
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
                                 */
                                modifier initializer() {
                                    // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
                                    // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
                                    // contract may have been reentered.
                                    require(_initializing ? _isConstructor() : !_initialized, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
                            
                                    bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
                                    if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                        _initializing = true;
                                        _initialized = true;
                                    }
                            
                                    _;
                            
                                    if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                        _initializing = false;
                                    }
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
                                 * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyInitializing() {
                                    require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
                                    _;
                                }
                            
                                function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
                                    return !AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this));
                                }
                            }
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                             * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                             * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                             * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                             * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                             * is concerned).
                             *
                             * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                             */
                            abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
                                function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                }
                            
                                function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
                                }
                                function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return msg.sender;
                                }
                            
                                function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                    return msg.data;
                                }
                                uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
                             * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                             * specific functions.
                             *
                             * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
                             * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
                             *
                             * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
                             * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
                             * the owner.
                             */
                            abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
                                address private _owner;
                            
                                event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
                                 */
                                function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
                                    __Context_init_unchained();
                                    __Ownable_init_unchained();
                                }
                            
                                function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
                                    _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                                 */
                                function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return _owner;
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyOwner() {
                                    require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                    _;
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                                 * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                                 * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                                 */
                                function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    _transferOwnership(address(0));
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                 * Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 */
                                function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
                                    _transferOwnership(newOwner);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                 * Internal function without access restriction.
                                 */
                                function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
                                    address oldOwner = _owner;
                                    _owner = newOwner;
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
                                }
                                uint256[49] private __gap;
                            }
                            
                            interface IERC20 {
                                event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
                                event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);
                            
                                function name() external view returns (string memory);
                            
                                function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                            
                                function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
                            
                                function totalSupply() external view returns (uint);
                            
                                function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint);
                            
                                function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint);
                            
                                function approve(address spender, uint value) external returns (bool);
                            
                                function transfer(address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
                            
                                function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
                            }
                            
                            library SafeMath {
                                uint256 constant WAD = 10 ** 18;
                                uint256 constant RAY = 10 ** 27;
                            
                                function wad() public pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return WAD;
                                }
                            
                                function ray() public pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return RAY;
                                }
                            
                                function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    uint256 c = a + b;
                                    require(c >= a, "SafeMath: addition overflow");
                            
                                    return c;
                                }
                            
                                function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return sub(a, b, "SafeMath: subtraction overflow");
                                }
                            
                                function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    require(b <= a, errorMessage);
                                    uint256 c = a - b;
                            
                                    return c;
                                }
                            
                                function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
                                    // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
                                    // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
                                    if (a == 0) {
                                        return 0;
                                    }
                            
                                    uint256 c = a * b;
                                    require(c / a == b, "SafeMath: multiplication overflow");
                            
                                    return c;
                                }
                            
                                function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return div(a, b, "SafeMath: division by zero");
                                }
                            
                                function div(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    // Solidity only automatically asserts when dividing by 0
                                    require(b > 0, errorMessage);
                                    uint256 c = a / b;
                                    // assert(a == b * c + a % b); // There is no case in which this doesn't hold
                            
                                    return c;
                                }
                            
                                function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return mod(a, b, "SafeMath: modulo by zero");
                                }
                            
                                function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    require(b != 0, errorMessage);
                                    return a % b;
                                }
                            
                                function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return a <= b ? a : b;
                                }
                            
                                function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return a >= b ? a : b;
                                }
                            
                                function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256 b) {
                                    if (a > 3) {
                                        b = a;
                                        uint256 x = a / 2 + 1;
                                        while (x < b) {
                                            b = x;
                                            x = (a / x + x) / 2;
                                        }
                                    } else if (a != 0) {
                                        b = 1;
                                    }
                                }
                            
                                function wmul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return mul(a, b) / WAD;
                                }
                            
                                function wmulRound(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return add(mul(a, b), WAD / 2) / WAD;
                                }
                            
                                function rmul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return mul(a, b) / RAY;
                                }
                            
                                function rmulRound(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return add(mul(a, b), RAY / 2) / RAY;
                                }
                            
                                function wdiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return div(mul(a, WAD), b);
                                }
                            
                                function wdivRound(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return add(mul(a, WAD), b / 2) / b;
                                }
                            
                                function rdiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return div(mul(a, RAY), b);
                                }
                            
                                function rdivRound(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    return add(mul(a, RAY), b / 2) / b;
                                }
                            
                                function wpow(uint256 x, uint256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    uint256 result = WAD;
                                    while (n > 0) {
                                        if (n % 2 != 0) {
                                            result = wmul(result, x);
                                        }
                                        x = wmul(x, x);
                                        n /= 2;
                                    }
                                    return result;
                                }
                            
                                function rpow(uint256 x, uint256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    uint256 result = RAY;
                                    while (n > 0) {
                                        if (n % 2 != 0) {
                                            result = rmul(result, x);
                                        }
                                        x = rmul(x, x);
                                        n /= 2;
                                    }
                                    return result;
                                }
                            
                                function divCeil(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                    uint256 quotient = div(a, b);
                                    uint256 remainder = a - quotient * b;
                                    if (remainder > 0) {
                                        return quotient + 1;
                                    } else {
                                        return quotient;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                             */
                            library Address {
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                                 *
                                 * [IMPORTANT]
                                 * ====
                                 * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                                 * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                                 *
                                 * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following 
                                 * types of addresses:
                                 *
                                 *  - an externally-owned account
                                 *  - a contract in construction
                                 *  - an address where a contract will be created
                                 *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                                 * ====
                                 */
                                function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                    // According to EIP-1052, 0x0 is the value returned for not-yet created accounts
                                    // and 0xc5d2460186f7233c927e7db2dcc703c0e500b653ca82273b7bfad8045d85a470 is returned
                                    // for accounts without code, i.e. `keccak256('')`
                                    bytes32 codehash;
                                    bytes32 accountHash = 0xc5d2460186f7233c927e7db2dcc703c0e500b653ca82273b7bfad8045d85a470;
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                                    assembly { codehash := extcodehash(account) }
                                    return (codehash != accountHash && codehash != 0x0);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Converts an `address` into `address payable`. Note that this is
                                 * simply a type cast: the actual underlying value is not changed.
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v2.4.0._
                                 */
                                function toPayable(address account) internal pure returns (address payable) {
                                    return payable(account);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                                 * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                                 *
                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                                 * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                                 * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                                 * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                                 *
                                 * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                                 *
                                 * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                                 * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                                 * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                                 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                                 *
                                 * _Available since v2.4.0._
                                 */
                                function sendValue(address recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                    require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                            
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-call-value
                                    (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
                                    require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
                                }
                            }
                            
                            /**
                             * @title SafeERC20
                             * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
                             * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
                             * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
                             * successful.
                             * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for ERC20;` statement to your contract,
                             * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
                             */
                            library SafeERC20 {
                                using SafeMath for uint256;
                                using Address for address;
                            
                                function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
                                    callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
                                }
                            
                                function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
                                    callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
                                }
                            
                                function safeApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                                    // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
                                    // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
                                    // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
                                    require((value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
                                        "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
                                    );
                                    callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
                                }
                            
                                function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                                    uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender).add(value);
                                    callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
                                }
                            
                                function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
                                    uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender).sub(value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
                                    callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
                                 * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
                                 * @param token The token targeted by the call.
                                 * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
                                 */
                                function callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
                                    // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
                                    // we're implementing it ourselves.
                            
                                    // A Solidity high level call has three parts:
                                    //  1. The target address is checked to verify it contains contract code
                                    //  2. The call itself is made, and success asserted
                                    //  3. The return value is decoded, which in turn checks the size of the returned data.
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
                                    require(address(token).isContract(), "SafeERC20: call to non-contract");
                            
                                    // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
                                    (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(token).call(data);
                                    require(success, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
                            
                                    if (returndata.length > 0) { // Return data is optional
                                        // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
                                        require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                            
                            /// @title Handle authorizations in dex platform
                            /// @notice Explain to an end user what this does
                            /// @dev Explain to a developer any extra details
                            contract TokenApprove is OwnableUpgradeable {
                              using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
                            
                              address public tokenApproveProxy;
                            
                              function initialize(address _tokenApproveProxy) public initializer {
                                __Ownable_init();
                                tokenApproveProxy = _tokenApproveProxy;
                              }
                            
                              //-------------------------------
                              //------- Events ----------------
                              //-------------------------------
                            
                              event ProxyUpdate(address indexed oldProxy, address indexed newProxy);
                            
                              //-------------------------------
                              //------- Modifier --------------
                              //-------------------------------
                            
                              //--------------------------------
                              //------- Internal Functions -----
                              //--------------------------------
                            
                              //---------------------------------
                              //------- Admin functions ---------
                              //---------------------------------
                            
                              function setApproveProxy(address _newTokenApproveProxy) external onlyOwner {
                                tokenApproveProxy = _newTokenApproveProxy;
                                emit ProxyUpdate(tokenApproveProxy, _newTokenApproveProxy);
                              }
                            
                              //---------------------------------
                              //-------  Users Functions --------
                              //---------------------------------
                            
                              function claimTokens(
                                address _token,
                                address _who,
                                address _dest,
                                uint256 _amount
                              ) external {
                                require(msg.sender == tokenApproveProxy, "TokenApprove: Access restricted");
                                if (_amount > 0) {
                                  IERC20(_token).safeTransferFrom(_who, _dest, _amount);
                                }
                              }
                            }

                            File 7 of 10: USDY
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/ERC20PresetMinterPauserUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/usdy/blocklist/BlocklistClientUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/usdy/allowlist/AllowlistClientUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/sanctions/SanctionsListClientUpgradeable.sol";
                            contract USDY is
                              ERC20PresetMinterPauserUpgradeable,
                              BlocklistClientUpgradeable,
                              AllowlistClientUpgradeable,
                              SanctionsListClientUpgradeable
                            {
                              bytes32 public constant LIST_CONFIGURER_ROLE =
                                keccak256("LIST_CONFIGURER_ROLE");
                              bytes32 public constant BURNER_ROLE = keccak256("BURNER_ROLE");
                              /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
                              constructor() {
                                _disableInitializers();
                              }
                              function initialize(
                                string memory name,
                                string memory symbol,
                                address blocklist,
                                address allowlist,
                                address sanctionsList
                              ) public initializer {
                                __ERC20PresetMinterPauser_init(name, symbol);
                                __BlocklistClientInitializable_init(blocklist);
                                __AllowlistClientInitializable_init(allowlist);
                                __SanctionsListClientInitializable_init(sanctionsList);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Sets the blocklist address
                               *
                               * @param blocklist New blocklist address
                               */
                              function setBlocklist(
                                address blocklist
                              ) external override onlyRole(LIST_CONFIGURER_ROLE) {
                                _setBlocklist(blocklist);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Sets the allowlist address
                               *
                               * @param allowlist New allowlist address
                               */
                              function setAllowlist(
                                address allowlist
                              ) external override onlyRole(LIST_CONFIGURER_ROLE) {
                                _setAllowlist(allowlist);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Sets the sanctions list address
                               *
                               * @param sanctionsList New sanctions list address
                               */
                              function setSanctionsList(
                                address sanctionsList
                              ) external override onlyRole(LIST_CONFIGURER_ROLE) {
                                _setSanctionsList(sanctionsList);
                              }
                              function _beforeTokenTransfer(
                                address from,
                                address to,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) internal override {
                                super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);
                                // Check constraints when `transferFrom` is called to facliitate
                                // a transfer between two parties that are not `from` or `to`.
                                if (from != msg.sender && to != msg.sender) {
                                  require(!_isBlocked(msg.sender), "USDY: 'sender' address blocked");
                                  require(!_isSanctioned(msg.sender), "USDY: 'sender' address sanctioned");
                                  require(
                                    _isAllowed(msg.sender),
                                    "USDY: 'sender' address not on allowlist"
                                  );
                                }
                                if (from != address(0)) {
                                  // If not minting
                                  require(!_isBlocked(from), "USDY: 'from' address blocked");
                                  require(!_isSanctioned(from), "USDY: 'from' address sanctioned");
                                  require(_isAllowed(from), "USDY: 'from' address not on allowlist");
                                }
                                if (to != address(0)) {
                                  // If not burning
                                  require(!_isBlocked(to), "USDY: 'to' address blocked");
                                  require(!_isSanctioned(to), "USDY: 'to' address sanctioned");
                                  require(_isAllowed(to), "USDY: 'to' address not on allowlist");
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Burns a specific amount of tokens
                               *
                               * @param from The account whose tokens will be burned
                               * @param amount The amount of token to be burned
                               *
                               * @dev This function can be considered an admin-burn and is only callable
                               *      by an address with the `BURNER_ROLE`
                               */
                              function burn(address from, uint256 amount) external onlyRole(BURNER_ROLE) {
                                _burn(from, amount);
                              }
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/interfaces/IBlocklist.sol";
                            import "contracts/interfaces/IBlocklistClient.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title BlocklistClient
                             * @author Ondo Finance
                             * @notice This abstract contract manages state for upgradeable blocklist
                             *         clients
                             */
                            abstract contract BlocklistClientUpgradeable is
                              Initializable,
                              IBlocklistClient
                            {
                              // Blocklist contract
                              IBlocklist public override blocklist;
                              /**
                               * @notice Initialize the contract by setting blocklist variable
                               *
                               * @param _blocklist Address of the blocklist contract
                               *
                               * @dev Function should be called by the inheriting contract on
                               *      initialization
                               */
                              function __BlocklistClientInitializable_init(
                                address _blocklist
                              ) internal onlyInitializing {
                                __BlocklistClientInitializable_init_unchained(_blocklist);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Internal function to future-proof parent linearization. Matches OZ
                               *      upgradeable suggestions
                               */
                              function __BlocklistClientInitializable_init_unchained(
                                address _blocklist
                              ) internal onlyInitializing {
                                _setBlocklist(_blocklist);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Sets the blocklist address for this client
                               *
                               * @param _blocklist The new blocklist address
                               */
                              function _setBlocklist(address _blocklist) internal {
                                if (_blocklist == address(0)) {
                                  revert BlocklistZeroAddress();
                                }
                                address oldBlocklist = address(blocklist);
                                blocklist = IBlocklist(_blocklist);
                                emit BlocklistSet(oldBlocklist, _blocklist);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Checks whether an address has been blocked
                               *
                               * @param account The account to check
                               */
                              function _isBlocked(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                return blocklist.isBlocked(account);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/chainalysis/ISanctionsList.sol";
                            import "contracts/sanctions/ISanctionsListClient.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title SanctionsListClient
                             * @author Ondo Finance
                             * @notice This abstract contract enables inheritors to query whether accounts
                             *         are sanctioned or not
                             */
                            abstract contract SanctionsListClientUpgradeable is
                              Initializable,
                              ISanctionsListClient
                            {
                              // Sanctions list address
                              ISanctionsList public override sanctionsList;
                              /**
                               * @notice Initialize the contract by setting blocklist variable
                               *
                               * @param _sanctionsList Address of the sanctionsList contract
                               *
                               * @dev Function should be called by the inheriting contract on
                               *      initialization
                               */
                              function __SanctionsListClientInitializable_init(
                                address _sanctionsList
                              ) internal onlyInitializing {
                                __SanctionsListClientInitializable_init_unchained(_sanctionsList);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Internal function to future-proof parent linearization. Matches OZ
                               *      upgradeable suggestions
                               */
                              function __SanctionsListClientInitializable_init_unchained(
                                address _sanctionsList
                              ) internal onlyInitializing {
                                _setSanctionsList(_sanctionsList);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Sets the sanctions list address for this client
                               *
                               * @param _sanctionsList The new sanctions list address
                               */
                              function _setSanctionsList(address _sanctionsList) internal {
                                if (_sanctionsList == address(0)) {
                                  revert SanctionsListZeroAddress();
                                }
                                address oldSanctionsList = address(sanctionsList);
                                sanctionsList = ISanctionsList(_sanctionsList);
                                emit SanctionsListSet(oldSanctionsList, _sanctionsList);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Checks whether an address has been sanctioned
                               *
                               * @param account The account to check
                               */
                              function _isSanctioned(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                return sanctionsList.isSanctioned(account);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/interfaces/IAllowlist.sol";
                            import "contracts/interfaces/IAllowlistClient.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title AllowlistClientInitializable
                             * @author Ondo Finance
                             * @notice This abstract contract manages state required for clients
                             *         of the allowlist
                             */
                            abstract contract AllowlistClientUpgradeable is
                              Initializable,
                              IAllowlistClient
                            {
                              // allowlist address
                              IAllowlist public override allowlist;
                              /**
                               * @notice Initialize the contract by setting allowlist variable
                               *
                               * @param _allowlist Address of the allowlist contract
                               *
                               * @dev Function should be called by the inheriting contract on
                               *      initialization
                               */
                              function __AllowlistClientInitializable_init(
                                address _allowlist
                              ) internal onlyInitializing {
                                __AllowlistClientInitializable_init_unchained(_allowlist);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Internal function to future-proof parent linearization. Matches OZ
                               *      upgradeable suggestions
                               */
                              function __AllowlistClientInitializable_init_unchained(
                                address _allowlist
                              ) internal onlyInitializing {
                                _setAllowlist(_allowlist);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Sets the allowlist address for this client
                               *
                               * @param _allowlist The new allowlist address
                               */
                              function _setAllowlist(address _allowlist) internal {
                                if (_allowlist == address(0)) {
                                  revert AllowlistZeroAddress();
                                }
                                address oldAllowlist = address(allowlist);
                                allowlist = IAllowlist(_allowlist);
                                emit AllowlistSet(oldAllowlist, _allowlist);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Checks whether an address has been Blocked
                               *
                               * @param account The account to check
                               */
                              function _isAllowed(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                return allowlist.isAllowed(account);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC20/presets/ERC20PresetMinterPauser.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/ERC20BurnableUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/ERC20PausableUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev {ERC20} token, including:
                             *
                             *  - ability for holders to burn (destroy) their tokens
                             *  - a minter role that allows for token minting (creation)
                             *  - a pauser role that allows to stop all token transfers
                             *
                             * This contract uses {AccessControl} to lock permissioned functions using the
                             * different roles - head to its documentation for details.
                             *
                             * The account that deploys the contract will be granted the minter and pauser
                             * roles, as well as the default admin role, which will let it grant both minter
                             * and pauser roles to other accounts.
                             *
                             * _Deprecated in favor of https://wizard.openzeppelin.com/[Contracts Wizard]._
                             */
                            contract ERC20PresetMinterPauserUpgradeable is
                              Initializable,
                              ContextUpgradeable,
                              AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable,
                              ERC20BurnableUpgradeable,
                              ERC20PausableUpgradeable
                            {
                              function initialize(string memory name, string memory symbol)
                                public
                                virtual
                                initializer
                              {
                                __ERC20PresetMinterPauser_init(name, symbol);
                              }
                              bytes32 public constant MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
                              bytes32 public constant PAUSER_ROLE = keccak256("PAUSER_ROLE");
                              /**
                               * @dev Grants `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, `MINTER_ROLE` and `PAUSER_ROLE` to the
                               * account that deploys the contract.
                               *
                               * See {ERC20-constructor}.
                               */
                              function __ERC20PresetMinterPauser_init(
                                string memory name,
                                string memory symbol
                              ) internal onlyInitializing {
                                __ERC20_init_unchained(name, symbol);
                                __Pausable_init_unchained();
                                __ERC20PresetMinterPauser_init_unchained(name, symbol);
                              }
                              function __ERC20PresetMinterPauser_init_unchained(
                                string memory,
                                string memory
                              ) internal onlyInitializing {
                                _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());
                                _setupRole(MINTER_ROLE, _msgSender());
                                _setupRole(PAUSER_ROLE, _msgSender());
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Creates `amount` new tokens for `to`.
                               *
                               * See {ERC20-_mint}.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must have the `MINTER_ROLE`.
                               */
                              function mint(address to, uint256 amount) public virtual {
                                require(
                                  hasRole(MINTER_ROLE, _msgSender()),
                                  "ERC20PresetMinterPauser: must have minter role to mint"
                                );
                                _mint(to, amount);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Pauses all token transfers.
                               *
                               * See {ERC20Pausable} and {Pausable-_pause}.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must have the `PAUSER_ROLE`.
                               */
                              function pause() public virtual {
                                require(
                                  hasRole(PAUSER_ROLE, _msgSender()),
                                  "ERC20PresetMinterPauser: must have pauser role to pause"
                                );
                                _pause();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Unpauses all token transfers.
                               *
                               * See {ERC20Pausable} and {Pausable-_unpause}.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must have the `PAUSER_ROLE`.
                               */
                              function unpause() public virtual {
                                require(
                                  hasRole(PAUSER_ROLE, _msgSender()),
                                  "ERC20PresetMinterPauser: must have pauser role to unpause"
                                );
                                _unpause();
                              }
                              function _beforeTokenTransfer(
                                address from,
                                address to,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) internal virtual override(ERC20Upgradeable, ERC20PausableUpgradeable) {
                                super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            interface IBlocklist {
                              function addToBlocklist(address[] calldata accounts) external;
                              function removeFromBlocklist(address[] calldata accounts) external;
                              function isBlocked(address account) external view returns (bool);
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when addresses are added to the blocklist
                               *
                               * @param accounts The addresses that were added to the blocklist
                               */
                              event BlockedAddressesAdded(address[] accounts);
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when addresses are removed from the blocklist
                               *
                               * @param accounts The addresses that were removed from the blocklist
                               */
                              event BlockedAddressesRemoved(address[] accounts);
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/interfaces/IBlocklist.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title IBlocklistClient
                             * @author Ondo Finance
                             * @notice The client interface for the Blocklist contract.
                             */
                            interface IBlocklistClient {
                              /// @notice Returns reference to the blocklist that this client queries
                              function blocklist() external view returns (IBlocklist);
                              /// @notice Sets the blocklist reference
                              function setBlocklist(address registry) external;
                              /// @notice Error for when caller attempts to set the blocklist reference
                              ///         to the zero address
                              error BlocklistZeroAddress();
                              /// @notice Error for when caller attempts to perform action on a blocked
                              ///         account
                              error BlockedAccount();
                              /**
                               * @dev Event for when the blocklist reference is set
                               *
                               * @param oldBlocklist The old blocklist
                               * @param newBlocklist The new blocklist
                               */
                              event BlocklistSet(address oldBlocklist, address newBlocklist);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
                             * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
                             * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
                             * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
                             *
                             * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
                             * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
                             * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
                             *
                             * For example:
                             *
                             * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
                             * ```
                             * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
                             *     function initialize() initializer public {
                             *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
                             *     }
                             * }
                             * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
                             *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
                             *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
                             *     }
                             * }
                             * ```
                             *
                             * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
                             * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
                             *
                             * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
                             * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
                             *
                             * [CAUTION]
                             * ====
                             * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
                             *
                             * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
                             * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
                             * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
                             *
                             * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
                             * ```
                             * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
                             * constructor() {
                             *     _disableInitializers();
                             * }
                             * ```
                             * ====
                             */
                            abstract contract Initializable {
                              /**
                               * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
                               * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
                               */
                              uint8 private _initialized;
                              /**
                               * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
                               */
                              bool private _initializing;
                              /**
                               * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
                               */
                              event Initialized(uint8 version);
                              /**
                               * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
                               * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts. Equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`.
                               */
                              modifier initializer() {
                                bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
                                require(
                                  (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) ||
                                    (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
                                  "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
                                );
                                _initialized = 1;
                                if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                  _initializing = true;
                                }
                                _;
                                if (isTopLevelCall) {
                                  _initializing = false;
                                  emit Initialized(1);
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
                               * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
                               * used to initialize parent contracts.
                               *
                               * `initializer` is equivalent to `reinitializer(1)`, so a reinitializer may be used after the original
                               * initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that are added through upgrades and that require
                               * initialization.
                               *
                               * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
                               * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
                               */
                              modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
                                require(
                                  !_initializing && _initialized < version,
                                  "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
                                );
                                _initialized = version;
                                _initializing = true;
                                _;
                                _initializing = false;
                                emit Initialized(version);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
                               * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
                               */
                              modifier onlyInitializing() {
                                require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
                                _;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
                               * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
                               * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
                               * through proxies.
                               */
                              function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
                                require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
                                if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
                                  _initialized = type(uint8).max;
                                  emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
                                }
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
                            /**
                             * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                             */
                            library AddressUpgradeable {
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                               *
                               * [IMPORTANT]
                               * ====
                               * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                               * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                               *
                               * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                               * types of addresses:
                               *
                               *  - an externally-owned account
                               *  - a contract in construction
                               *  - an address where a contract will be created
                               *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                               * ====
                               *
                               * [IMPORTANT]
                               * ====
                               * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
                               *
                               * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
                               * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
                               * constructor.
                               * ====
                               */
                              function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
                                // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
                                // of the constructor execution.
                                return account.code.length > 0;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                               * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                               *
                               * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                               * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                               * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                               * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                               *
                               * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                               *
                               * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                               * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                               * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                               * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                               */
                              function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                                (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                                require(
                                  success,
                                  "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted"
                                );
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                               * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                               * function instead.
                               *
                               * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                               * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                               *
                               * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                               * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `target` must be a contract.
                               * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.1._
                               */
                              function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data)
                                internal
                                returns (bytes memory)
                              {
                                return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                               * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.1._
                               */
                              function functionCall(
                                address target,
                                bytes memory data,
                                string memory errorMessage
                              ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                               * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                               * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.1._
                               */
                              function functionCallWithValue(
                                address target,
                                bytes memory data,
                                uint256 value
                              ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                return
                                  functionCallWithValue(
                                    target,
                                    data,
                                    value,
                                    "Address: low-level call with value failed"
                                  );
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                               * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.1._
                               */
                              function functionCallWithValue(
                                address target,
                                bytes memory data,
                                uint256 value,
                                string memory errorMessage
                              ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                require(
                                  address(this).balance >= value,
                                  "Address: insufficient balance for call"
                                );
                                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                                return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                               * but performing a static call.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.3._
                               */
                              function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (bytes memory)
                              {
                                return
                                  functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                               * but performing a static call.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.3._
                               */
                              function functionStaticCall(
                                address target,
                                bytes memory data,
                                string memory errorMessage
                              ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                                return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
                               * revert reason using the provided one.
                               *
                               * _Available since v4.3._
                               */
                              function verifyCallResult(
                                bool success,
                                bytes memory returndata,
                                string memory errorMessage
                              ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
                                if (success) {
                                  return returndata;
                                } else {
                                  // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                  if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                    // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                    assembly {
                                      let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                      revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                    }
                                  } else {
                                    revert(errorMessage);
                                  }
                                }
                              }
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/external/chainalysis/ISanctionsList.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title ISanctionsListClient
                             * @author Ondo Finance
                             * @notice The client interface for sanctions contract.
                             */
                            interface ISanctionsListClient {
                              /// @notice Returns reference to the sanctions list that this client queries
                              function sanctionsList() external view returns (ISanctionsList);
                              /// @notice Sets the sanctions list reference
                              function setSanctionsList(address sanctionsList) external;
                              /// @notice Error for when caller attempts to set the `sanctionsList`
                              ///         reference to the zero address
                              error SanctionsListZeroAddress();
                              /// @notice Error for when caller attempts to perform an action on a
                              ///         sanctioned account
                              error SanctionedAccount();
                              /**
                               * @dev Event for when the sanctions list reference is set
                               *
                               * @param oldSanctionsList The old list
                               * @param newSanctionsList The new list
                               */
                              event SanctionsListSet(address oldSanctionsList, address newSanctionsList);
                            }
                            /// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            interface ISanctionsList {
                              function isSanctioned(address addr) external view returns (bool);
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            interface IAllowlist {
                              function addTerm(string calldata term) external;
                              function setCurrentTermIndex(uint256 _currentTermIndex) external;
                              function setValidTermIndexes(uint256[] calldata indexes) external;
                              function isAllowed(address account) external view returns (bool);
                              function getCurrentTerm() external view returns (string memory);
                              function getValidTermIndexes() external view returns (uint256[] memory);
                              function addAccountToAllowlist(
                                uint256 _currentTermIndex,
                                address account,
                                uint8 v,
                                bytes32 r,
                                bytes32 s
                              ) external;
                              function addSelfToAllowlist(uint256 termIndex) external;
                              function setAccountStatus(
                                address account,
                                uint256 termIndex,
                                bool status
                              ) external;
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when a term is added
                               *
                               * @param hashedMessage The hash of the terms string that was added
                               * @param termIndex     The index of the term that was added
                               */
                              event TermAdded(bytes32 hashedMessage, uint256 termIndex);
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when the current term index is set
                               *
                               * @param oldIndex The old current term index
                               * @param newIndex The new current term index
                               */
                              event CurrentTermIndexSet(uint256 oldIndex, uint256 newIndex);
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when the valid term indexes are set
                               *
                               * @param oldIndexes The old valid term indexes
                               * @param newIndexes The new valid term indexes
                               */
                              event ValidTermIndexesSet(uint256[] oldIndexes, uint256[] newIndexes);
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when an accoun status is set by an admin
                               *
                               * @param account   The account whose status was set
                               * @param termIndex The term index of the account whose status that was set
                               * @param status    The new status of the account
                               */
                              event AccountStatusSetByAdmin(
                                address indexed account,
                                uint256 indexed termIndex,
                                bool status
                              );
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when an account adds itself added to the allowlist
                               *
                               * @param account   The account that was added
                               * @param termIndex The term index for which the account was added
                               */
                              event AccountAddedSelf(address indexed account, uint256 indexed termIndex);
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when an account is added to the allowlist by a signature
                               *
                               * @param account   The account that was added
                               * @param termIndex The term index for which the account was added
                               * @param v         The v value of the signature
                               * @param r         The r value of the signature
                               * @param s         The s value of the signature
                               */
                              event AccountAddedFromSignature(
                                address indexed account,
                                uint256 indexed termIndex,
                                uint8 v,
                                bytes32 r,
                                bytes32 s
                              );
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when an account status is set
                               *
                               * @param account   The account whose status was set
                               * @param termIndex The term index of the account whose status was set
                               * @param status    The new status of the account
                               */
                              event AccountStatusSet(
                                address indexed account,
                                uint256 indexed termIndex,
                                bool status
                              );
                              /// ERRORS ///
                              error InvalidTermIndex();
                              error InvalidVSignature();
                              error AlreadyVerified();
                              error InvalidSigner();
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/interfaces/IAllowlist.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title IAllowlistClient
                             * @author Ondo Finance
                             * @notice The client interface for Ondo's Allowlist contract.
                             */
                            interface IAllowlistClient {
                              /// @notice Returns reference to the allowlist that this client queries
                              function allowlist() external view returns (IAllowlist);
                              /// @notice Sets the allowlist contract reference
                              function setAllowlist(address allowlist) external;
                              /**
                               * @dev Event for when the allowlist reference is set
                               *
                               * @param oldAllowlist The old allowlist
                               * @param newAllowlist The new allowlist
                               */
                              event AllowlistSet(address oldAllowlist, address newAllowlist);
                              /// @notice Error for when caller attempts to set the allowlist reference
                              ///         to the zero address.
                              error AllowlistZeroAddress();
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Burnable.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Extension of {ERC20} that allows token holders to destroy both their own
                             * tokens and those that they have an allowance for, in a way that can be
                             * recognized off-chain (via event analysis).
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC20BurnableUpgradeable is
                              Initializable,
                              ContextUpgradeable,
                              ERC20Upgradeable
                            {
                              function __ERC20Burnable_init() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              function __ERC20Burnable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              /**
                               * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from the caller.
                               *
                               * See {ERC20-_burn}.
                               */
                              function burn(uint256 amount) public virtual {
                                _burn(_msgSender(), amount);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, deducting from the caller's
                               * allowance.
                               *
                               * See {ERC20-_burn} and {ERC20-allowance}.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must have allowance for ``accounts``'s tokens of at least
                               * `amount`.
                               */
                              function burnFrom(address account, uint256 amount) public virtual {
                                _spendAllowance(account, _msgSender(), amount);
                                _burn(account, amount);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/EnumerableSetUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows enumerating the members of each role.
                             */
                            abstract contract AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable is
                              Initializable,
                              IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable,
                              AccessControlUpgradeable
                            {
                              function __AccessControlEnumerable_init() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              function __AccessControlEnumerable_init_unchained()
                                internal
                                onlyInitializing
                              {}
                              using EnumerableSetUpgradeable for EnumerableSetUpgradeable.AddressSet;
                              mapping(bytes32 => EnumerableSetUpgradeable.AddressSet) private _roleMembers;
                              /**
                               * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                               */
                              function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
                                public
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return
                                  interfaceId == type(IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
                                  super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
                               * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
                               *
                               * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
                               * change at any point.
                               *
                               * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
                               * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
                               * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
                               * for more information.
                               */
                              function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index)
                                public
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (address)
                              {
                                return _roleMembers[role].at(index);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
                               * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
                               */
                              function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role)
                                public
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (uint256)
                              {
                                return _roleMembers[role].length();
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Overload {_grantRole} to track enumerable memberships
                               */
                              function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
                                super._grantRole(role, account);
                                _roleMembers[role].add(account);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Overload {_revokeRole} to track enumerable memberships
                               */
                              function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account)
                                internal
                                virtual
                                override
                              {
                                super._revokeRole(role, account);
                                _roleMembers[role].remove(account);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[49] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC20/ERC20.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/IERC20MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
                             *
                             * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
                             * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
                             * For a generic mechanism see {ERC20PresetMinterPauser}.
                             *
                             * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
                             * https://forum.zeppelin.solutions/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
                             * to implement supply mechanisms].
                             *
                             * We have followed general OpenZeppelin Contracts guidelines: functions revert
                             * instead returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless
                             * conventional and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20
                             * applications.
                             *
                             * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
                             * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
                             * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
                             * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
                             *
                             * Finally, the non-standard {decreaseAllowance} and {increaseAllowance}
                             * functions have been added to mitigate the well-known issues around setting
                             * allowances. See {IERC20-approve}.
                             */
                            contract ERC20Upgradeable is
                              Initializable,
                              ContextUpgradeable,
                              IERC20Upgradeable,
                              IERC20MetadataUpgradeable
                            {
                              mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
                              mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) private _allowances;
                              uint256 private _totalSupply;
                              string private _name;
                              string private _symbol;
                              /**
                               * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.
                               *
                               * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To select a different value for
                               * {decimals} you should overload it.
                               *
                               * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
                               * construction.
                               */
                              function __ERC20_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_)
                                internal
                                onlyInitializing
                              {
                                __ERC20_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
                              }
                              function __ERC20_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_)
                                internal
                                onlyInitializing
                              {
                                _name = name_;
                                _symbol = symbol_;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                               */
                              function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                return _name;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
                               * name.
                               */
                              function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                return _symbol;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
                               * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
                               * be displayed to a user as `5.05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
                               *
                               * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
                               * Ether and Wei. This is the value {ERC20} uses, unless this function is
                               * overridden;
                               *
                               * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
                               * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
                               * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
                               */
                              function decimals() public view virtual override returns (uint8) {
                                return 18;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
                               */
                              function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                return _totalSupply;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
                               */
                              function balanceOf(address account)
                                public
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (uint256)
                              {
                                return _balances[account];
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                               * - the caller must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                               */
                              function transfer(address to, uint256 amount)
                                public
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                address owner = _msgSender();
                                _transfer(owner, to, amount);
                                return true;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
                               */
                              function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                public
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (uint256)
                              {
                                return _allowances[owner][spender];
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
                               *
                               * NOTE: If `amount` is the maximum `uint256`, the allowance is not updated on
                               * `transferFrom`. This is semantically equivalent to an infinite approval.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                               */
                              function approve(address spender, uint256 amount)
                                public
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                address owner = _msgSender();
                                _approve(owner, spender, amount);
                                return true;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
                               *
                               * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
                               * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
                               *
                               * NOTE: Does not update the allowance if the current allowance
                               * is the maximum `uint256`.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `from` and `to` cannot be the zero address.
                               * - `from` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                               * - the caller must have allowance for ``from``'s tokens of at least
                               * `amount`.
                               */
                              function transferFrom(
                                address from,
                                address to,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
                                address spender = _msgSender();
                                _spendAllowance(from, spender, amount);
                                _transfer(from, to, amount);
                                return true;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Atomically increases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
                               *
                               * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
                               * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
                               *
                               * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                               */
                              function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 addedValue)
                                public
                                virtual
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                address owner = _msgSender();
                                _approve(owner, spender, allowance(owner, spender) + addedValue);
                                return true;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Atomically decreases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
                               *
                               * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
                               * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
                               *
                               * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                               * - `spender` must have allowance for the caller of at least
                               * `subtractedValue`.
                               */
                              function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 subtractedValue)
                                public
                                virtual
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                address owner = _msgSender();
                                uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(owner, spender);
                                require(
                                  currentAllowance >= subtractedValue,
                                  "ERC20: decreased allowance below zero"
                                );
                                unchecked {
                                  _approve(owner, spender, currentAllowance - subtractedValue);
                                }
                                return true;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Moves `amount` of tokens from `from` to `to`.
                               *
                               * This internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
                               * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
                               *
                               * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                               * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                               * - `from` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
                               */
                              function _transfer(
                                address from,
                                address to,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) internal virtual {
                                require(from != address(0), "ERC20: transfer from the zero address");
                                require(to != address(0), "ERC20: transfer to the zero address");
                                _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);
                                uint256 fromBalance = _balances[from];
                                require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds balance");
                                unchecked {
                                  _balances[from] = fromBalance - amount;
                                }
                                _balances[to] += amount;
                                emit Transfer(from, to, amount);
                                _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);
                              }
                              /** @dev Creates `amount` tokens and assigns them to `account`, increasing
                               * the total supply.
                               *
                               * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                               */
                              function _mint(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
                                require(account != address(0), "ERC20: mint to the zero address");
                                _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);
                                _totalSupply += amount;
                                _balances[account] += amount;
                                emit Transfer(address(0), account, amount);
                                _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, reducing the
                               * total supply.
                               *
                               * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
                               * - `account` must have at least `amount` tokens.
                               */
                              function _burn(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
                                require(account != address(0), "ERC20: burn from the zero address");
                                _beforeTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);
                                uint256 accountBalance = _balances[account];
                                require(accountBalance >= amount, "ERC20: burn amount exceeds balance");
                                unchecked {
                                  _balances[account] = accountBalance - amount;
                                }
                                _totalSupply -= amount;
                                emit Transfer(account, address(0), amount);
                                _afterTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
                               *
                               * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
                               * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
                               *
                               * Emits an {Approval} event.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
                               * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
                               */
                              function _approve(
                                address owner,
                                address spender,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) internal virtual {
                                require(owner != address(0), "ERC20: approve from the zero address");
                                require(spender != address(0), "ERC20: approve to the zero address");
                                _allowances[owner][spender] = amount;
                                emit Approval(owner, spender, amount);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Updates `owner` s allowance for `spender` based on spent `amount`.
                               *
                               * Does not update the allowance amount in case of infinite allowance.
                               * Revert if not enough allowance is available.
                               *
                               * Might emit an {Approval} event.
                               */
                              function _spendAllowance(
                                address owner,
                                address spender,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) internal virtual {
                                uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(owner, spender);
                                if (currentAllowance != type(uint256).max) {
                                  require(currentAllowance >= amount, "ERC20: insufficient allowance");
                                  unchecked {
                                    _approve(owner, spender, currentAllowance - amount);
                                  }
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Hook that is called before any transfer of tokens. This includes
                               * minting and burning.
                               *
                               * Calling conditions:
                               *
                               * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
                               * will be transferred to `to`.
                               * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens will be minted for `to`.
                               * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
                               * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
                               *
                               * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
                               */
                              function _beforeTokenTransfer(
                                address from,
                                address to,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) internal virtual {}
                              /**
                               * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes
                               * minting and burning.
                               *
                               * Calling conditions:
                               *
                               * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
                               * has been transferred to `to`.
                               * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens have been minted for `to`.
                               * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens have been burned.
                               * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
                               *
                               * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
                               */
                              function _afterTokenTransfer(
                                address from,
                                address to,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) internal virtual {}
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[45] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Pausable.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev ERC20 token with pausable token transfers, minting and burning.
                             *
                             * Useful for scenarios such as preventing trades until the end of an evaluation
                             * period, or having an emergency switch for freezing all token transfers in the
                             * event of a large bug.
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC20PausableUpgradeable is
                              Initializable,
                              ERC20Upgradeable,
                              PausableUpgradeable
                            {
                              function __ERC20Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
                                __Pausable_init_unchained();
                              }
                              function __ERC20Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              /**
                               * @dev See {ERC20-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the contract must not be paused.
                               */
                              function _beforeTokenTransfer(
                                address from,
                                address to,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) internal virtual override {
                                super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);
                                require(!paused(), "ERC20Pausable: token transfer while paused");
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                             * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                             * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                             * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                             * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                             * is concerned).
                             *
                             * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                             */
                            abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
                              function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                return msg.sender;
                              }
                              function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                return msg.data;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.
                             *
                             * _Available since v4.1._
                             */
                            interface IERC20MetadataUpgradeable is IERC20Upgradeable {
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the name of the token.
                               */
                              function name() external view returns (string memory);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
                               */
                              function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.
                               */
                              function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
                             */
                            interface IERC20Upgradeable {
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
                               * another (`to`).
                               *
                               * Note that `value` may be zero.
                               */
                              event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
                               * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
                               */
                              event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
                               */
                              function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                               */
                              function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                              /**
                               * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
                               *
                               * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                               *
                               * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                               */
                              function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                               * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                               * zero by default.
                               *
                               * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                               */
                              function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                external
                                view
                                returns (uint256);
                              /**
                               * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                               *
                               * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                               *
                               * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                               * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                               * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                               * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                               * desired value afterwards:
                               * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                               *
                               * Emits an {Approval} event.
                               */
                              function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                              /**
                               * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
                               * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                               * allowance.
                               *
                               * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                               *
                               * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                               */
                              function transferFrom(
                                address from,
                                address to,
                                uint256 amount
                              ) external returns (bool);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Library for managing
                             * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
                             * types.
                             *
                             * Sets have the following properties:
                             *
                             * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
                             * (O(1)).
                             * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
                             *
                             * ```
                             * contract Example {
                             *     // Add the library methods
                             *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
                             *
                             *     // Declare a set state variable
                             *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
                             * }
                             * ```
                             *
                             * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
                             * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
                             *
                             * [WARNING]
                             * ====
                             *  Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure unusable.
                             *  See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
                             *
                             *  In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an array of EnumerableSet.
                             * ====
                             */
                            library EnumerableSetUpgradeable {
                              // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
                              // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
                              // bytes32 values.
                              // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
                              // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
                              // underlying Set.
                              // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
                              // in bytes32.
                              struct Set {
                                // Storage of set values
                                bytes32[] _values;
                                // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
                                // means a value is not in the set.
                                mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                               * already present.
                               */
                              function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
                                if (!_contains(set, value)) {
                                  set._values.push(value);
                                  // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
                                  // and use 0 as a sentinel value
                                  set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
                                  return true;
                                } else {
                                  return false;
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                               * present.
                               */
                              function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
                                // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
                                uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
                                if (valueIndex != 0) {
                                  // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
                                  // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
                                  // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
                                  // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
                                  uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
                                  uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
                                  if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                                    bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                                    // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                                    set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                                    // Update the index for the moved value
                                    set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
                                  }
                                  // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
                                  set._values.pop();
                                  // Delete the index for the deleted slot
                                  delete set._indexes[value];
                                  return true;
                                } else {
                                  return false;
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                               */
                              function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                private
                                view
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return set._indexes[value] != 0;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
                               */
                              function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
                                return set._values.length;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                               * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                               */
                              function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
                                return set._values[index];
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Return the entire set in an array
                               *
                               * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
                               * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
                               * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
                               * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
                               */
                              function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
                                return set._values;
                              }
                              // Bytes32Set
                              struct Bytes32Set {
                                Set _inner;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                               * already present.
                               */
                              function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
                                return _add(set._inner, value);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                               * present.
                               */
                              function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                internal
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return _remove(set._inner, value);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                               */
                              function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return _contains(set._inner, value);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
                               */
                              function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
                                return _length(set._inner);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                               * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                               */
                              function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (bytes32)
                              {
                                return _at(set._inner, index);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Return the entire set in an array
                               *
                               * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
                               * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
                               * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
                               * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
                               */
                              function values(Bytes32Set storage set)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (bytes32[] memory)
                              {
                                return _values(set._inner);
                              }
                              // AddressSet
                              struct AddressSet {
                                Set _inner;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                               * already present.
                               */
                              function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
                                return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                               * present.
                               */
                              function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value)
                                internal
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                               */
                              function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
                               */
                              function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
                                return _length(set._inner);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                               * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                               */
                              function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (address)
                              {
                                return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Return the entire set in an array
                               *
                               * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
                               * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
                               * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
                               * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
                               */
                              function values(AddressSet storage set)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (address[] memory)
                              {
                                bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
                                address[] memory result;
                                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                assembly {
                                  result := store
                                }
                                return result;
                              }
                              // UintSet
                              struct UintSet {
                                Set _inner;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
                               * already present.
                               */
                              function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
                                return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
                               * present.
                               */
                              function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
                                return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
                               */
                              function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
                               */
                              function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
                                return _length(set._inner);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
                               *
                               * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
                               * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
                               */
                              function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (uint256)
                              {
                                return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Return the entire set in an array
                               *
                               * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
                               * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
                               * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
                               * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
                               */
                              function values(UintSet storage set)
                                internal
                                view
                                returns (uint256[] memory)
                              {
                                bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
                                uint256[] memory result;
                                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                                assembly {
                                  result := store
                                }
                                return result;
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
                             * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
                             * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
                             * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
                             * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
                             *
                             * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
                             * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
                             * using `public constant` hash digests:
                             *
                             * ```
                             * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
                             * ```
                             *
                             * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
                             * function call, use {hasRole}:
                             *
                             * ```
                             * function foo() public {
                             *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
                             *     ...
                             * }
                             * ```
                             *
                             * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
                             * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
                             * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
                             *
                             * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
                             * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
                             * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
                             * {_setRoleAdmin}.
                             *
                             * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
                             * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
                             * accounts that have been granted it.
                             */
                            abstract contract AccessControlUpgradeable is
                              Initializable,
                              ContextUpgradeable,
                              IAccessControlUpgradeable,
                              ERC165Upgradeable
                            {
                              function __AccessControl_init() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              function __AccessControl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              struct RoleData {
                                mapping(address => bool) members;
                                bytes32 adminRole;
                              }
                              mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
                              bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
                              /**
                               * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
                               * with a standardized message including the required role.
                               *
                               * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
                               *
                               *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
                               *
                               * _Available since v4.1._
                               */
                              modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
                                _checkRole(role);
                                _;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                               */
                              function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
                                public
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return
                                  interfaceId == type(IAccessControlUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
                                  super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
                               */
                              function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account)
                                public
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return _roles[role].members[account];
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
                               * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
                               *
                               * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
                               *
                               * _Available since v4.6._
                               */
                              function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
                                _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
                               *
                               * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
                               *
                               *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
                               */
                              function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
                                if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
                                  revert(
                                    string(
                                      abi.encodePacked(
                                        "AccessControl: account ",
                                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                                        " is missing role ",
                                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                                      )
                                    )
                                  );
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
                               * {revokeRole}.
                               *
                               * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
                               */
                              function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role)
                                public
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (bytes32)
                              {
                                return _roles[role].adminRole;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
                               *
                               * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
                               * event.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
                               *
                               * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
                               */
                              function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account)
                                public
                                virtual
                                override
                                onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role))
                              {
                                _grantRole(role, account);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
                               *
                               * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
                               *
                               * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
                               */
                              function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account)
                                public
                                virtual
                                override
                                onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role))
                              {
                                _revokeRole(role, account);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
                               *
                               * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
                               * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
                               * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
                               *
                               * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
                               * event.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must be `account`.
                               *
                               * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
                               */
                              function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
                                require(
                                  account == _msgSender(),
                                  "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self"
                                );
                                _revokeRole(role, account);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
                               *
                               * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
                               * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
                               * checks on the calling account.
                               *
                               * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
                               *
                               * [WARNING]
                               * ====
                               * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
                               * up the initial roles for the system.
                               *
                               * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
                               * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
                               * ====
                               *
                               * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
                               */
                              function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
                                _grantRole(role, account);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
                               *
                               * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
                               */
                              function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
                                bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
                                _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
                                emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
                               *
                               * Internal function without access restriction.
                               *
                               * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
                               */
                              function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
                                if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
                                  _roles[role].members[account] = true;
                                  emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
                               *
                               * Internal function without access restriction.
                               *
                               * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
                               */
                              function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
                                if (hasRole(role, account)) {
                                  _roles[role].members[account] = false;
                                  emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
                                }
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[49] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
                             */
                            interface IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable is IAccessControlUpgradeable {
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
                               * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
                               *
                               * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
                               * change at any point.
                               *
                               * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
                               * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
                               * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
                               * for more information.
                               */
                              function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index)
                                external
                                view
                                returns (address);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
                               * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
                               */
                              function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
                             *
                             * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
                             * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
                             *
                             * ```solidity
                             * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                             *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                             * }
                             * ```
                             *
                             * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
                             */
                            abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
                              function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}
                              /**
                               * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                               */
                              function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
                                public
                                view
                                virtual
                                override
                                returns (bool)
                              {
                                return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[50] private __gap;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
                             */
                            interface IAccessControlUpgradeable {
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
                               *
                               * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
                               * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
                               *
                               * _Available since v3.1._
                               */
                              event RoleAdminChanged(
                                bytes32 indexed role,
                                bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole,
                                bytes32 indexed newAdminRole
                              );
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
                               *
                               * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
                               * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
                               */
                              event RoleGranted(
                                bytes32 indexed role,
                                address indexed account,
                                address indexed sender
                              );
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
                               *
                               * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
                               *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
                               *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
                               */
                              event RoleRevoked(
                                bytes32 indexed role,
                                address indexed account,
                                address indexed sender
                              );
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
                               */
                              function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
                               * {revokeRole}.
                               *
                               * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
                               */
                              function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
                              /**
                               * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
                               *
                               * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
                               * event.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
                               */
                              function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
                              /**
                               * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
                               *
                               * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
                               */
                              function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
                              /**
                               * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
                               *
                               * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
                               * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
                               * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
                               *
                               * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
                               * event.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - the caller must be `account`.
                               */
                              function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev String operations.
                             */
                            library StringsUpgradeable {
                              bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
                              uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
                              /**
                               * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
                               */
                              function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                                // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
                                // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
                                if (value == 0) {
                                  return "0";
                                }
                                uint256 temp = value;
                                uint256 digits;
                                while (temp != 0) {
                                  digits++;
                                  temp /= 10;
                                }
                                bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
                                while (value != 0) {
                                  digits -= 1;
                                  buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
                                  value /= 10;
                                }
                                return string(buffer);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
                               */
                              function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                                if (value == 0) {
                                  return "0x00";
                                }
                                uint256 temp = value;
                                uint256 length = 0;
                                while (temp != 0) {
                                  length++;
                                  temp >>= 8;
                                }
                                return toHexString(value, length);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
                               */
                              function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length)
                                internal
                                pure
                                returns (string memory)
                              {
                                bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
                                buffer[0] = "0";
                                buffer[1] = "x";
                                for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
                                  buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
                                  value >>= 4;
                                }
                                require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
                                return string(buffer);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
                               */
                              function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                                return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
                             * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
                             *
                             * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
                             * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
                             *
                             * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
                             */
                            interface IERC165Upgradeable {
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
                               * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
                               * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
                               * to learn more about how these ids are created.
                               *
                               * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
                               */
                              function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/Initializable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
                             * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
                             *
                             * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
                             * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
                             * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
                             * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
                             */
                            abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
                               */
                              event Paused(address account);
                              /**
                               * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
                               */
                              event Unpaused(address account);
                              bool private _paused;
                              /**
                               * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
                               */
                              function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
                                __Pausable_init_unchained();
                              }
                              function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
                                _paused = false;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - The contract must not be paused.
                               */
                              modifier whenNotPaused() {
                                _requireNotPaused();
                                _;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - The contract must be paused.
                               */
                              modifier whenPaused() {
                                _requirePaused();
                                _;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
                               */
                              function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
                                return _paused;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
                               */
                              function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
                                require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
                               */
                              function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
                                require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Triggers stopped state.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - The contract must not be paused.
                               */
                              function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
                                _paused = true;
                                emit Paused(_msgSender());
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns to normal state.
                               *
                               * Requirements:
                               *
                               * - The contract must be paused.
                               */
                              function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
                                _paused = false;
                                emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
                               * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
                               * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
                               */
                              uint256[49] private __gap;
                            }
                            

                            File 8 of 10: Blocklist
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
                             * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                             * specific functions.
                             *
                             * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
                             * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
                             *
                             * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
                             * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
                             * the owner.
                             */
                            abstract contract Ownable is Context {
                              address private _owner;
                              event OwnershipTransferred(
                                address indexed previousOwner,
                                address indexed newOwner
                              );
                              /**
                               * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
                               */
                              constructor() {
                                _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                               */
                              function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                return _owner;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                               */
                              modifier onlyOwner() {
                                require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                _;
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                               * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
                               *
                               * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                               * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                               */
                              function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                                _transferOwnership(address(0));
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                               * Can only be called by the current owner.
                               */
                              function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
                                _transferOwnership(newOwner);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                               * Internal function without access restriction.
                               */
                              function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
                                address oldOwner = _owner;
                                _owner = newOwner;
                                emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
                              }
                            }
                            // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (access/Ownable2Step.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            import "./Ownable.sol";
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module which provides access control mechanism, where
                             * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                             * specific functions.
                             *
                             * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
                             * can later be changed with {transferOwnership} and {acceptOwnership}.
                             *
                             * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available all functions
                             * from parent (Ownable).
                             */
                            abstract contract Ownable2Step is Ownable {
                                address private _pendingOwner;
                                event OwnershipTransferStarted(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address of the pending owner.
                                 */
                                function pendingOwner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return _pendingOwner;
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Starts the ownership transfer of the contract to a new account. Replaces the pending transfer if there is one.
                                 * Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 */
                                function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual override onlyOwner {
                                    _pendingOwner = newOwner;
                                    emit OwnershipTransferStarted(owner(), newOwner);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`) and deletes any pending owner.
                                 * Internal function without access restriction.
                                 */
                                function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual override {
                                    delete _pendingOwner;
                                    super._transferOwnership(newOwner);
                                }
                                /**
                                 * @dev The new owner accepts the ownership transfer.
                                 */
                                function acceptOwnership() public virtual {
                                    address sender = _msgSender();
                                    require(pendingOwner() == sender, "Ownable2Step: caller is not the new owner");
                                    _transferOwnership(sender);
                                }
                            }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            /**
                             * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                             * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                             * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                             * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                             * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                             * is concerned).
                             *
                             * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                             */
                            abstract contract Context {
                              function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                return msg.sender;
                              }
                              function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                return msg.data;
                              }
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            interface IBlocklist {
                              function addToBlocklist(address[] calldata accounts) external;
                              function removeFromBlocklist(address[] calldata accounts) external;
                              function isBlocked(address account) external view returns (bool);
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when addresses are added to the blocklist
                               *
                               * @param accounts The addresses that were added to the blocklist
                               */
                              event BlockedAddressesAdded(address[] accounts);
                              /**
                               * @notice Event emitted when addresses are removed from the blocklist
                               *
                               * @param accounts The addresses that were removed from the blocklist
                               */
                              event BlockedAddressesRemoved(address[] accounts);
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/external/openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable2Step.sol";
                            import "contracts/interfaces/IBlocklist.sol";
                            /**
                             * @title Blocklist
                             * @author Ondo Finance
                             * @notice This contract manages the blocklist status for accounts.
                             */
                            contract Blocklist is Ownable2Step, IBlocklist {
                              constructor() {}
                              // {<address> => is account blocked}
                              mapping(address => bool) private blockedAddresses;
                              /**
                               * @notice Returns name of contract
                               */
                              function name() external pure returns (string memory) {
                                return "Ondo Finance Blocklist Oracle";
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Function to add a list of accounts to the blocklist
                               *
                               * @param accounts Array of addresses to block
                               */
                              function addToBlocklist(address[] calldata accounts) external onlyOwner {
                                for (uint256 i; i < accounts.length; ++i) {
                                  blockedAddresses[accounts[i]] = true;
                                }
                                emit BlockedAddressesAdded(accounts);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Function to remove a list of accounts from the blocklist
                               *
                               * @param accounts Array of addresses to unblock
                               */
                              function removeFromBlocklist(address[] calldata accounts) external onlyOwner {
                                for (uint256 i; i < accounts.length; ++i) {
                                  blockedAddresses[accounts[i]] = false;
                                }
                                emit BlockedAddressesRemoved(accounts);
                              }
                              /**
                               * @notice Function to check if an account is blocked
                               *
                               * @param addr Address to check
                               *
                               * @return True if account is blocked, false otherwise
                               */
                              function isBlocked(address addr) external view returns (bool) {
                                return blockedAddresses[addr];
                              }
                            }
                            

                            File 9 of 10: SanctionsList
                            // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol
                            
                            
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
                            
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                             * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                             * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                             * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                             * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                             * is concerned).
                             *
                             * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                             */
                            abstract contract Context {
                                function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return msg.sender;
                                }
                            
                                function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                    return msg.data;
                                }
                            }
                            
                            // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol
                            
                            
                            // OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)
                            
                            pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                            
                            
                            /**
                             * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
                             * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                             * specific functions.
                             *
                             * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
                             * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
                             *
                             * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
                             * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
                             * the owner.
                             */
                            abstract contract Ownable is Context {
                                address private _owner;
                            
                                event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
                                 */
                                constructor() {
                                    _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                                 */
                                function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                    return _owner;
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                 */
                                modifier onlyOwner() {
                                    require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                    _;
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                                 * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 *
                                 * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                                 * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                                 */
                                function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    _transferOwnership(address(0));
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                 * Can only be called by the current owner.
                                 */
                                function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                    require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
                                    _transferOwnership(newOwner);
                                }
                            
                                /**
                                 * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                 * Internal function without access restriction.
                                 */
                                function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
                                    address oldOwner = _owner;
                                    _owner = newOwner;
                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
                                }
                            }
                            
                            // File: contracts/SanctionsList.sol
                            
                            
                            pragma solidity >=0.4.22 <0.9.0;
                            
                            
                            contract SanctionsList is Ownable {
                            
                              constructor() {}
                            
                              mapping(address => bool) private sanctionedAddresses;
                            
                              event SanctionedAddress(address indexed addr);
                              event NonSanctionedAddress(address indexed addr);
                              event SanctionedAddressesAdded(address[] addrs);
                              event SanctionedAddressesRemoved(address[] addrs);
                            
                              function name() external pure returns (string memory) {
                                return "Chainalysis sanctions oracle";
                              }
                            
                              function addToSanctionsList(address[] memory newSanctions) public onlyOwner {
                                for (uint256 i = 0; i < newSanctions.length; i++) {
                                  sanctionedAddresses[newSanctions[i]] = true;  
                                }
                                emit SanctionedAddressesAdded(newSanctions);
                              }
                            
                              function removeFromSanctionsList(address[] memory removeSanctions) public onlyOwner {
                                for (uint256 i = 0; i < removeSanctions.length; i++) {
                                  sanctionedAddresses[removeSanctions[i]] = false;  
                                }
                                emit SanctionedAddressesRemoved(removeSanctions);
                              }
                            
                              function isSanctioned(address addr) public view returns (bool) {
                                return sanctionedAddresses[addr] == true ;
                              }
                            
                              function isSanctionedVerbose(address addr) public returns (bool) {
                                if (isSanctioned(addr)) {
                                  emit SanctionedAddress(addr);
                                  return true;
                                } else {
                                  emit NonSanctionedAddress(addr);
                                  return false;
                                }
                              }
                            
                            }

                            File 10 of 10: AllowlistStub
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            interface IAllowlistStub {
                              function isAllowed(address account) external view returns (bool);
                            }
                            /**SPDX-License-Identifier: BUSL-1.1
                                  ▄▄█████████▄
                               ╓██▀└ ,╓▄▄▄, '▀██▄
                              ██▀ ▄██▀▀╙╙▀▀██▄ └██µ           ,,       ,,      ,     ,,,            ,,,
                             ██ ,██¬ ▄████▄  ▀█▄ ╙█▄      ▄███▀▀███▄   ███▄    ██  ███▀▀▀███▄    ▄███▀▀███,
                            ██  ██ ╒█▀'   ╙█▌ ╙█▌ ██     ▐██      ███  █████,  ██  ██▌    └██▌  ██▌     └██▌
                            ██ ▐█▌ ██      ╟█  █▌ ╟█     ██▌      ▐██  ██ └███ ██  ██▌     ╟██ j██       ╟██
                            ╟█  ██ ╙██    ▄█▀ ▐█▌ ██     ╙██      ██▌  ██   ╙████  ██▌    ▄██▀  ██▌     ,██▀
                             ██ "██, ╙▀▀███████████⌐      ╙████████▀   ██     ╙██  ███████▀▀     ╙███████▀`
                              ██▄ ╙▀██▄▄▄▄▄,,,                ¬─                                    '─¬
                               ╙▀██▄ '╙╙╙▀▀▀▀▀▀▀▀
                                  ╙▀▀██████R⌐
                             */
                            pragma solidity 0.8.16;
                            import "contracts/interfaces/IAllowlistStub.sol";
                            contract AllowlistStub is IAllowlistStub {
                              function isAllowed(address) external pure returns (bool) {
                                return true;
                              }
                            }